Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 432

The essentials of imaging

IC-203

Chapter 1 : Introduction
Chapter 2 : Overview
Chapter 3 : Installation (Installer)
Chapter 4 : Installation (Local printing)
Chapter 5 : Installation (Network printing)
Chapter 6 : Uninstallation of the printer driver
Chapter 7 : Basic Printing and Various Function
Chapter 8 : PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
Chapter 9 : PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
Chapter 10 : KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
Chapter 11 : PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
Chapter 12 : PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
Chapter 13 : Troubleshooting
Chapter 14 : Font
Chapter 15 : Utility Tool
Chapter 16 : Appendix
Table of contents

Table of contents
1 Introduction
1.1 About this Product ............................................................................ 1-4
1.2 Folder structure on the CD-ROM (IC-203 CD-ROM) ..................... 1-5
1.3 Folder structure on the CD-ROM (PS-503 CD-ROM) (Option) ...... 1-6
1.4 About this Manual ............................................................................. 1-7
1.5 Notation of each product ................................................................. 1-9
1.6 How to read this Manual ................................................................ 1-10
1.7 SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT ............................................. 1-11

2 Overview
2.1 Printer Driver ..................................................................................... 2-2
2.2 Composition of a product ................................................................ 2-3
2.2.1 Optional memory ............................................................................ 2-3
2.2.2 PostScript3 option ......................................................................... 2-3
2.2.3 Other options ................................................................................. 2-4
2.3 Connections of the Print Controller ................................................ 2-5
2.3.1 Parallel Connection ........................................................................ 2-5
2.3.2 Ethernet Connection ...................................................................... 2-5
2.4 Product Specifications ..................................................................... 2-6
2.4.1 Restrictive Conditions .................................................................... 2-8

3 Installation (Installer)

4 Installation (Local printing)


4.1 Printer Drivers ................................................................................... 4-2
4.1.1 Compliant OS ................................................................................. 4-2
4.2 Test Page Print ............................................................................... 4-26

5 Installation (Network printing)


5.1 Printer Drivers ................................................................................... 5-2
5.1.1 Compliant OS ................................................................................. 5-2

IC-203 i
Table of contents

5.2 Test Page Print ............................................................................... 5-30

6 Uninstallation of the printer driver


6.1 Deletion of printer driver with installer (PCL) ................................. 6-1
6.2 Deletion of printer driver by Manual operation .............................. 6-3

7 Basic Printing and Various Function


7.1 Basic Printing Method ...................................................................... 7-1
7.2 Various Function ............................................................................... 7-5
7.2.1 To set the paper-related items ....................................................... 7-5
7.2.2 To set the paper tray ...................................................................... 7-9
7.2.3 To print multiple copies ................................................................ 7-12
7.2.4 To print multiple pages ................................................................ 7-16
7.2.5 To set the Front / Back cover, insertion sheet and cover sheet .. 7-21
7.2.6 To set for finishing ........................................................................ 7-24
7.2.7 To set a Watermark ...................................................................... 7-28
7.2.8 To set an image and shade .......................................................... 7-31
7.2.9 To set font-related items .............................................................. 7-34
7.2.10 Checking the Printer Driver Setting .............................................. 7-35
7.2.11 How to store the job and reprint .................................................. 7-36

8 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)


8.1 About Properties window ................................................................ 8-1
8.1.1 Properties window ......................................................................... 8-2
8.2 About button ..................................................................................... 8-3
8.3 Combination of the function ............................................................ 8-4
8.4 General tab ........................................................................................ 8-5
8.5 Sharing tab ........................................................................................ 8-6
8.6 Ports tab ............................................................................................ 8-7
8.7 Advanced tab .................................................................................... 8-8
8.8 Color Management tab .................................................................. 8-10
8.9 Option tab ........................................................................................ 8-11
8.10 Setup tab ......................................................................................... 8-13
8.11 Per Page Setting tab ...................................................................... 8-33
8.12 Special Functions tab ..................................................................... 8-40

IC-203 ii
Table of contents

8.13 Overlay tab ...................................................................................... 8-45


8.14 Watermark tab ................................................................................ 8-48
8.15 Quality tab ....................................................................................... 8-52
8.16 Font tab ............................................................................................ 8-54
8.17 Version tab ...................................................................................... 8-56
8.18 Save/Restore Setting ..................................................................... 8-57
8.19 About View Area ............................................................................. 8-60

9 PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)


9.1 About Properties window ................................................................ 9-1
9.1.1 Properties window ......................................................................... 9-2
9.2 About button ..................................................................................... 9-3
9.3 Combination of the function ............................................................ 9-4
9.4 General tab ........................................................................................ 9-5
9.5 Sharing tag ........................................................................................ 9-7
9.6 Ports tab ............................................................................................ 9-8
9.7 Advanced tab .................................................................................. 9-10
9.8 Security tab ..................................................................................... 9-12
9.9 Device Settings tab ........................................................................ 9-13
9.10 Layout tab ........................................................................................ 9-17
9.11 Paper/Quality tab ............................................................................ 9-19
9.12 Advanced Options windows .......................................................... 9-21

10 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)


10.1 About Properties window .............................................................. 10-1
10.1.1 Properties window ....................................................................... 10-2
10.2 About button ................................................................................... 10-3
10.3 Combination of the function .......................................................... 10-4
10.4 General tab ...................................................................................... 10-5
10.5 Sharing tag ...................................................................................... 10-6
10.6 Ports tab .......................................................................................... 10-7
10.7 Advanced tab .................................................................................. 10-8
10.8 Color Management tab ................................................................ 10-10
10.9 Font tab .......................................................................................... 10-11
10.10 Option tab ...................................................................................... 10-13

IC-203 iii
Table of contents

10.11 Setup tab ....................................................................................... 10-15


10.12 Per Page Setting ........................................................................... 10-36
10.13 Special Functions ......................................................................... 10-43
10.14 PostScript tab ............................................................................... 10-48
10.15 Overlay tab .................................................................................... 10-52
10.16 Quality tab ..................................................................................... 10-55
10.17 Watermarks tab ............................................................................ 10-57
10.18 Save/Restore Setting ................................................................... 10-59
10.19 About View Area ........................................................................... 10-60

11 PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)


11.1 Dialog boxes used for configuring this printing system ............. 11-3
11.1.1 Three dialog boxes ....................................................................... 11-3
11.2 About descriptions in this chapter ................................................ 11-9
11.3 Page Attributes dialog box .......................................................... 11-10
11.4 Watermark dialog box .................................................................. 11-13
11.5 Custom Page Default dialog box ................................................ 11-15
11.6 General dialog box ........................................................................ 11-17
11.7 Background Printing dialog box .................................................. 11-19
11.8 Cover Page dialog box ................................................................. 11-20
11.9 Layout dialog box ......................................................................... 11-21
11.10 Printer Specific Options dialog box (1) ....................................... 11-23
11.11 Printer Specific Options dialog box (2) ....................................... 11-25
11.12 Configure dialog box .................................................................... 11-37

12 PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)


12.1 About Mac OS X window ............................................................... 12-1
12.2 Page Attributes (Page Setup window) .......................................... 12-3
12.3 Custom Paper Size (Page Setup window) .................................... 12-5
12.4 Copies & Pages (Print window) ..................................................... 12-6
12.5 Layout (Print window) ..................................................................... 12-7
12.6 Paper Feed (Print window) ............................................................. 12-8
12.7 Finishing (Print window) ................................................................. 12-9
12.8 Security (Print window) ................................................................ 12-15
12.9 Setup (Print window) .................................................................... 12-21

IC-203 iv
Table of contents

12.10 Image/Layout (Print window) ....................................................... 12-25


12.11 Printer Info ..................................................................................... 12-28

13 Troubleshooting
13.1 Basic Troubleshooting ................................................................... 13-1
13.2 General Problems of Printing ........................................................ 13-2
13.3 General Problems of PostScript .................................................... 13-4
13.4 Checking on Incomplete Jobs ....................................................... 13-6

14 Font
14.1 Font List (PCL) ................................................................................ 14-1
14.2 Font List (PostScript) ...................................................................... 14-4
14.3 Screen Fonts ................................................................................... 14-8
14.4 PostScript Downloading New Fonts ........................................... 14-15

15 Utility Tool
15.1 PageScope Web Connection ......................................................... 15-1
15.1.1 Outline of the PageScope Web Connection ................................ 15-2
15.1.2 Start the PageScope Web Connection ........................................ 15-3
15.1.3 Print the Report .......................................................................... 15-20
15.2 Using KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool ................ 15-21
15.3 Internet Printing ............................................................................ 15-25
15.4 NetWare ......................................................................................... 15-29
15.5 UNIX Printing through TCP/IP ..................................................... 15-33

16 Appendix
16.1 Glossary ........................................................................................... 16-1
16.2 Index ................................................................................................ 16-8

IC-203 v
Introduction
1

1 Introduction
Thank you very much for purchasing the bizhub PRO 920.
This User's Guide describes the operating procedures and safety precau-
tions of the bizhub PRO 920 so that you can handle it safely and make the
best of its capabilities. Usually keep this Users Guide close at hand for the
convenience of reference later.

For use as a network printer

Copier

Print Controller

For use as a local printer

!
Detail
If IC-203 is not installed, you cannot set [bizhub PRO 920 Enhance Secu-
rity Mode] to ON.

FCC Regulation

Warning:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with limits for a Class
B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of FCC rules. These limits are designed
to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential
area.
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and,
if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guaran-
tee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equip-

IC-203 1-1
Introduction
1
ment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which
can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encour-
aged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following meas-
ures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the distance between the equipment and the receiver.
- Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit other than the circuit to
which the receiver is connected.
- Consult your dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Canadian Department of Communications Regulations


This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Patent Notice
The product includes an implementation of LZW licensed under U.S.Patent
4,558,302.

Built-in Fonts
The print controller includes support for PCL5e/6 Language (HP PCL clone)
and includes the 88 built-in Agfa Microtype fonts. For a complete list, refer to
"Font" on Page 14-1.
When equipping PostScript kit option, the print controller also includes sup-
port for Adobe PostScript 3 (PS3) and includes the 136 built-in Adobe fonts.
For a complete list, refer to "Font" on Page 14-1.

IC-203 1-2
Introduction
1
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:
KONICA MINOLTA, KONICA MINOLTA logo, and the essentials of imaging
are registered trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA HOLDINGS, INC..
bizhub, bizhub PRO and PageScope are trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC..
Microsoft, MS and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corpo-
ration in the United States.
IBM is a registered trademarks of the IBM Corporation.
WindowsTM is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
HP and PCL are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Agfa Microtype font is a registered trademark of Agfa Corporation.
PEERLESS is a registered trademark of PEERLESS SYSTEMS CORPORA-
TION.
Apple, Macintosh and Mac are registered trademarks or trademarks of Apple
Computer.Inc.
Adobe, Adobe Logo, Acrobat, Acrobat Logo, PostScript and PostScript
Logo are registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems, Inc.
Other company names and product names used in this Users Guide are the
registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective companies.
RC4 is a registered trademark or trademark of RSA Security Inc. in the Unit-
ed States and/or other countries.

Note

- A part or all of this User's Guide may not be used or copied without per-
mission.
- KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. will have no liabil-
ity for any influences caused by using the printing system and this Users
Guide.
- Information written in this User's Guide is subject to change without no-
tice.
- KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. maintains the
copyright of this printer driver.

IC-203 1-3
Introduction
1
1.1 About this Product
Package Contents
The following items are supplied with the Print Controller:
- Notice Sheet
- IC-203 CD-ROM
(Windows)
- Printer Driver
- Scanner Driver(compatible with TWAIN)
- Network Connection Utilities
BOOTP
Peer to Peer Printing Tool
IPX-P2P
NW Setup
UNIX Utilities
- User's Guide (this manual)
- Release Note
(describes the latest information as well as limits of the system and the
user software.)
- Screenfonts
(Macintosh)
- User's Guide (this manual)
The following items are supplied with the PostScript3 Option (optional):
- PS-503 CD-ROM
(Windows)
- Printer driver / PPD file
- Screen Fonts
- Users Guide (this manual)
- Release Note
(describes the latest information as well as limits of the system and the
users software.)
(Macintosh)
- Printer driver / PPD file
- Screen Fonts
- Users Guide (this manual)
- Release Note
(describes the latest information as well as limits of the system and the
users software.)

IC-203 1-4
Introduction
1
1.2 Folder structure on the CD-ROM (IC-203 CD-ROM)
The folders included on the accompanying CD-ROM for print controller are
structured as shown below.
This illustration will be helpful for locating specific folders or files.
- In this manual, folder names and file names are not necessarily preceded
by the root directory.

User Software CD

Backup
DirectP
Driver Drivers bizhubPRO920 Driver.ini
EN Win9X_Me (Printer Driver for Windows 98/Me)
WinNT (Printer Driver for Windows NT4.0)
Win2000_XP (Printer Driver for Windows 2000/XP)
DE
ES
FR
IT
JA
Lang
P2P
Readme (Printer Driver Product Infomation)
J2RE
JobSpooler
Manual EN 920_prt_ug_eng_vxx.pdf (IC-203 User's Guide)
JA
Readme
Peer2Peer
PSNCPlugin
Readme
ScreenFont
setupini
TWAIN
WebConnect

IC-203 1-5
Introduction
1
1.3 Folder structure on the CD-ROM (PS-503 CD-ROM)
(Option)
The folders included on the accompanying CD-ROM for PostScript 3 option
are structured as shown below.
This illustration will be helpful for locating specific folders or files.
- In this manual, folder names and file names are not necessarily preceded
by the root directory.
- You may use the files in the EN folder.

User Software CD

Windows
EN
Driver
AdobePS
Win9x_Me (Printer Dreiver for Windows 98/Me)
WinNT (Printer Dreiver for Windows NT4.0)
Win2000_XP (Printer Dreiver for Windows 2000/XP)
Screenfonts
ATM Light (ATM Light Installer)
PS Screen Fonts (PS3 TrueType/Type1 Screen Fonts)
UserGuide
920_prt_ug_eng_vxx.pdf (IC-203 User's Guide)
Readme.txt (Product Information)

DE
ES
FR
IT

Macintosh
EN
Driver
OS9_x (Printer Driver for MacOS9.x/PPD file)
OS10_2_x (Printer Dreiver for MacOS X 10.2x/PPD pkg file)
OS10_3_x (Printer Dreiver for MacOS X 10.3x or more/PPD pkg file)
Screen Fonts
ATM Light (ATM Light Installer for MacOS9.x)
PS3 TrueType (Screen Fonts for PS3 TrueType)
PS3 Type1 (Screen Fonts for PS3 Type1)
UserGuide
920_prt_ug_eng_vxx.pdf (IC-203 User's Guide)
Readme.txt (Product Infomation)

DE
ES
FR
IT

IC-203 1-6
Introduction
1
1.4 About this Manual
This document describes how to operate bizhub PRO 920 as a printer from
various computers and networks.
This manual assumes you are familiar with the basic operation of your oper-
ating system and the KONICA MINOLTA copier.
The KONICA MINOLTA copier comes is with Users Guide. Refer to these
manuals as needed.
For detailed operations of Windows 98/Me, Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Server
2003 and Mac OS, refer to the operating manuals for each operating system.
For application operations, refer to the operating manuals provided with
each application.
This manual is composed of the following chapters and appendices:

Chapter 1 Introduction This chapter describes how to see the nota-


tion method in this manual.

Chapter 2 Overview This chapter describes overview of the print


controller and product specifications for the
print controller.

Chapter 3 Installation (Installer) This chapter describes how to install the


printer driver using the installer.

Chapter 4 Installation (Local printing) This chapter describes how to install the
printer driver for local printing to Windows-
compliant computers.

Chapter 5 Installation (Network printing) This chapter describes how to install the
printer driver for network printing to Win-
dows-compliant computers and Macintosh.

Chapter 6 Uninstallation of the printer driver This chapter describes how to update the
printer driver.

Chapter 7 Basic Printing and Various Func- This chapter describes various functions of
tion the print controller.

Chapter 8 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Win- This chapter describes PCL6 printer driver
dows) settings for Windows-compliant computers.

Chapter 9 PostScript PPD Printer Driver set- This chapter describes optional PostScript
ting (Windows) PPD printer driver settings for Windows-
compliant computers.

Chapter 10 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer This chapter describes optional KONICA MI-
Driver setting (Windows) NOLTA PS printer driver settings for Win-
dows-compliant computers.

Chapter 11 PostScript PPD Printer Driver set- This chapter describes optional PostScript
ting (Mac OS 9) PPD printer driver settings for Macintosh
(Mac OS 9.x).

Chapter 12 PostScript PPD Printer Driver set- This chapter describes optional PostScript
ting (Mac OS X) PPD printer driver settings for Macintosh
(Mac OS X).

IC-203 1-7
Introduction
1
Chapter 13 Troubleshooting This chapter describes how to solve the
problem on using the printer driver.

Chapter 14 Font This chapter lists the built-in printer fonts in-
cluded with the print controller.

Chapter 15 Utility Tool This chapter describes how to use the utility
tool included on the user software CD.

Chapter 16 Appendix This chapter lists and describes technical


terms to read this manual.

IC-203 1-8
Introduction
1
1.5 Notation of each product
The following abbreviations are used in this manual:
1. IC-203 Print Controller Print Controller
2. PS-503 PostScript3 option PS3 option
3. bizhub PRO 920 Printer/Copier: copier (or main body printer)
4. A printing system that combines the above
(1), (2), (3) and (4) products: printing system
5. Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98
6. Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me
7. Microsoft Windows NT4.0: Windows NT4.0 or Windows
NT
8. Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000
9. Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP
10. Microsoft Windows Server 2003: Server 2003
11. Mac OS 9.x Mac OS 9
12. Mac OS X v10.2x - v10.4x Mac OS X
13. Above OSs: Windows 98/Me
Windows NT4.0/2000/XP
Windows NT/2000/XP/Serv-
er 2003
Windows 98/Me/NT/2000/
XP/Server 2003
Mac OS 9/X

IC-203 1-9
Introduction
1
1.6 How to read this Manual

Various Function
6

6 Various Function
This chapter describes basic printing method from application, and various
functions.

Show an object and feature Basic Printing method (Windows)


of a procedure. The following shows the basic methods for the printing from a Windows.
This pages is explained by using Windows XP.

Describes operating Before printing, be sure the connection of the print controller and your com-
procedures. puter and the printer driver.

1 Select [Print] from [File] menu in


an application.

Note Note
Command name may be different
Explanations to supplement pending on the application.
the body.
Memoes may be included in The [Print] dialog appears.
the body.
2 Select printer in pull down menu
besides the [Name].
Detail
Hints and Advices on 3 Click [Properties] to set detail if
operating procedures. necessary.

Reminder
Explains important notices
on operating procedures.

4 Click [OK] if a required setup is finished.


The display returns to the [Print] dialog.
[ ] are used for the terms
displayed on the screens.
IC-203 6-1

This page does not exist in the document.

IC-203 1-10
Introduction
1
1.7 SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
This package contains the following materials provided by Konica Minolta
Business Technologies, Inc. (KMBT): software included as part of the printing
system, the digitally-encoded machine-readable outline data encoded in the
special format and in the encrypted form (Font Programs), other software
which runs on a computer system for use in conjunction with the Printing
Software (Host Software), and related explanatory written materials (Doc-
umentation). The term Software shall be used to describe Printing Soft-
ware, Font Programs and/or Host Software and also include any upgrades,
modified versions, additions, and copies of the Software.
The Software is being licensed to you under the terms of this Agreement.
KMBT grants to you a non-exclusive sublicense to use the Software and
Documentation, provided that you agree to the following:
1. You may use the Printing Software and accompanying Font Programs for
imaging to the licensed output device(s), solely for your own internal busi-
ness purposes.
2. In addition to the license for Font Programs set forth in Section 1 (Print-
ing Software) above, you may use Roman Font Programs to reproduce
weights, styles, and versions of letters, numerals, characters and sym-
bols (Typefaces) on the display or monitor for your own internal busi-
ness purposes.
3. You may make one backup copy of the Host Software, provided your
backup copy is not installed or used on any computer. Notwithstanding
the above restrictions, you may install the Host Software on any number
of computers solely for use with one or more printing systems running the
Printing Software.
4. You may assign its rights under this Agreement to an assignee of all of
Licensees right and interest to such Software and Documentation (As-
signee) provided you transfer to Assignee all copies of such Software
and Documentation Assignee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.
5. You agree not to modify, adapt or translate the Software and Documen-
tation.
6. You agree that you will not attempt to alter, disassemble, decrypt, re-
verse engineer or decompile the Software.
7. Title to and ownership of the Software and Documentation and any re-
productions thereof shall remain with KMBT and its licensor.
8. Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted trademark prac-
tice, including identification of the trademark owners name. Trademarks
can only be used to identify printed output produced by the Software.
Such use of any trademark does not give you any rights of ownership in
that trademark.

IC-203 1-11
Introduction
1
9. You may not rent, lease, sublicense, lend or transfer versions or copies
of the Software that Licensee does not use, or Software contained on any
unused media, except as part of the permanent transfer of all Software
and Documentation as described above.
10. IN NO EVENT WILL KMBT OR ITS LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR SPE-
CIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST SAVING,
EVEN IF KMBT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY ANY THIRD PARTY. KMBT OR ITS
LICENSOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THE
SOFTWARE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITA-
TION IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD
PARTY RIGHTS. SOME STATES OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW
THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL
OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT AP-
PLY TO YOU.
11. Notice to Government End Users: The Software is a commercial item,
as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R.2.101, consisting of commercial com-
puter software and commercial computer software documentation, as
such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212. Consistent with 48 C.F.R.
12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, all U.S. Govern-
ment End Users acquire the Software with only those rights set forth
herein.
12. You agree that you will not export the Software in any form in violation of
any applicable laws and regulations regarding export control of any
countries.

IC-203 1-12
Introduction
1
NON-EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT (For USA)
(Exclusive for PostScript3 Option)

READ THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS


LICENSE AGREEMENT CAREFULLY
BY USING THE PRODUCTS DESCRIBED IN THIS USER MANUAL, BY
OPENING A SHRINK-WRAP PACKAGE CONTAINING SOFTWARE OR
DOWNLOADING SOFTWARE OR PRINTER DRIVERS TO YOUR COMPU-
TER YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE.
The computer programs embedded in the equipment and User Documenta-
tion are licensed (not sold) to You by Konica Minolta Business Technologies,
Inc. (KMBT or LICENSOR). The term Software shall be used to describe
accompanying Printer Drivers, software included as part of the printing sys-
tem including PostScript software and other Adobe software (Printing Soft-
ware), digitally-encoded machine-readable outline data encoded in the
special format and in the encrypted form (Font Programs), and/or other
software which runs on a computer system for use in conjunction with the
Printing Software (Host Software), and related explanatory written materi-
als (Documentation), Upgrades, Modified Versions, Additions, and Copies
of the Software (the Software). This license agreement represents the en-
tire agreement concerning the Software between You and KMBT and it su-
persedes any prior proposal, representation, or understanding between the
parties. KMBT reserves any rights not expressly granted to You. This pack-
age may contain third-party software provided by Adobe Systems Incorpo-
rated (Adobe) or other suppliers in which case KMBT grants to you a non-
exclusive sublicense to use the Software and Documentation, provided that
you agree to the following:
1. LICENSE GRANT. You do not receive title to the Software or User Doc-
umentation. Licensor grants to You, and You accept, a nonexclusive li-
cense to use the Software embedded in the Equipment in machine-
readable, object code form only (referred to as the Computer Pro-
gram), the accompanying User Documentation, and Printer Drivers fur-
nished to You, (collectively the Licensed Articles) only as authorized in
this License Agreement. The Computer Program may be used only on
the Equipment in which it is embedded and may not be shared with or
transferred to any other equipment or product. The Printer Drivers shall
be used only with printer products designed to work with the equipment
containing the embedded Computer Program. You may make a single
archive copy of the Printer Drivers for back-up purposes, provided that
it includes all copyright notices, markings and proprietary legends on the
original, including the markings of any other company contained therein.
This archive copy may not be in use at any time, may only be used for
back-up purposes and must remain in Your possession and control. You
may not copy the drivers to a bulletin board or similar system.

IC-203 1-13
Introduction
1
a) You may use the Printing Software and accompanying Font Programs
for imaging to the licensed output device(s), solely for your own internal
business purposes.
b) In addition to the license for Font Programs set forth in (a), you may use
Roman Font Programs to reproduce weights, styles, and versions of let-
ters, numerals, characters and symbols (Typefaces) on the display or
monitor for your own internal business purposes.
c) Notwithstanding the restrictions in 1 above, you may install the Adobe
Driver and/or other third-partys Driver Software on any number of com-
puters solely for use with one or more printing systems running the Print-
ing Software.
d) You agree not to modify, adapt or translate the Software and Documen-
tation.
e) You agree that you will not attempt to alter, disassemble, decrypt, re-
verse engineer or decompile the Software or use any other method to
discover the printer driver's or Software's source code.
f) You may not rent, lease, sublicense, modify, adapt, pledge, lend, share
or transfer versions or copies of the Software You do not use, or Soft-
ware contained on any unused media, or any of Your rights under this
Agreement except as part of the permanent transfer of all Software and
Documentation as described in (g) below or to the extent expressly per-
mitted by the laws of the country in which you use the Software and Li-
censed Articles, You may not create derivative works based upon the
Software or any part thereof. You may not copy the Licensed Articles ex-
cept as specifically provided in this License Agreement.
g) You may assign your rights under this Agreement to an assignee of all of
Your rights and interest to such Software and Documentation (Assign-
ee) provided you transfer to Your Assignee all copies of such Software
and Documentation and the Assignee agrees to be bound by all of the
terms and conditions of this Agreement.
2. TITLE: Title to and ownership of the Software and Documentation and
any reproductions thereof shall remain with the owner of the third-party
software and KMBT.
3. TRADEMARKS: Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted
trademark practice, including identification of the trademark owner's
name. Trademarks can only be used to identify printed output produced
by the Software. Such use of any trademark does not give you any rights
of ownership to that trademark.
4. LICENSOR'S RIGHTS. You acknowledge and agree that the Licensed
Articles, including but not limited to the Software and the Documenta-
tion, are owned by Licensor and its suppliers, and its structure, organi-
zation and code are proprietary and valuable trade secrets of Licensor

IC-203 1-14
Introduction
1
or its suppliers. United States Copyright Law and International Treaty
Provisions also protect the Licensed Articles and Documentation, in-
cluding but not limited to the Software and the Documentation. You fur-
ther acknowledge and agree that all right, title and interest in and to the
Licensed Articles, including associated intellectual property rights, are
and shall remain, with Licensor or its supplier. Licensor's suppliers may
protect their rights in the Licensed Articles in the event of a violation of
this License Agreement. This License Agreement does not convey to
You an interest in or to the Licensed Articles, but only a limited right of
use revocable in accordance with the terms of this License Agreement.
5. TERMINATION. This License Agreement is effective upon the purchase
and acceptance of the Equipment by You or the downloading of any
Software or Printer Driver from KMBTS Website or other authorized
electronic medium and shall continue until terminated. This License
Agreement will terminate upon Your sale, transfer or disposal of the
Equipment having the Software embedded therein. Licensor may termi-
nate this License Agreement upon the breach by You of any term hereof.
Upon such termination by Licensor, You agree to delete the Software
and Printer Drivers from the hard drive of the Product, destroy all copies
of the Software and Printer Drivers from the hard drive of the Equipment
and destroy all copies of the Software and Printer Drivers and User Doc-
umentation.
6. LICENSE FEES. The license fees of $250.00 (included in the purchase
price of the Equipment) paid by You are paid in consideration of the li-
cense granted under this License Agreement.
7. LIMITED WARRANTY. Licensor warrants, for Your benefit alone, for a
period of 90 days from the date of commencement of this License
Agreement (referred to as the Warranty Period), that the Software and
Printer Drivers shall operate substantially in accordance with the func-
tional specifications in the User Documentation. KMBT specifically does
not warrant that the Software or Printer Drivers will operate uninterrupt-
ed or error-free. If during the Warranty Period, a defect in the Software
or Printer Drivers appears, You may contact the Licensor for either a re-
placement or, if so elected by Licensor, refund of amounts paid by You
under this License Agreement. You agree that the foregoing constitutes
Your sole and exclusive remedy for breach by Licensor of any warranties
made under this Agreement.
EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE, THE LICENSED
ARTICLES, AND THE SOFTWARE CONTAINED THEREIN, ARE LI-
CENSED AS IS, AND, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY
LAW, THE LICENSOR DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ANY AND ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUD-
ING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER-
CHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

IC-203 1-15
Introduction
1
8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.To the maximum extent permitted by law,
and except for claims which result in personal injury or death caused by
Licensors negligence or intentional acts, Licensor's, or any of its affili-
ates or subsidiaries, cumulative liability to You or any other party for any
loss or damages resulting from any claims, demands, or actions arising
out of or relating to this License Agreement shall not exceed $250.00. In
no event shall Licensor, or Adobe, the owner of other third party software
or any of their affiliates or subsidiaries be liable to you or any third party
for any indirect, incidental, consequential, special, or exemplary damag-
es or lost profits, even if Licensor has been advised of the possibility of
such damages or for any claim by any third party. Some states do not
allow the limitation or exclusion of liability for incidental or consequential
damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to You.
9. GOVERNING LAW. This License Agreement shall be construed and gov-
erned in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut, United
States of America. Should any court of competent jurisdiction declare
any term of this License Agreement void or unenforceable, such decla-
ration shall have no effect on the remaining terms hereof.
10. COSTS OF LITIGATION. If any action is brought by either party to this
License Agreement against the other party regarding the subject matter
hereof, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover, in addition to any
other relief granted, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses of litiga-
tion.
11. NO WAIVER. The failure of any party to enforce any rights granted here-
under or to take action against the other party in the event of any breach
hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver by that party as to subsequent
enforcement of rights or subsequent actions in the event of future
breaches.
12. Notice to Government End Users: U.S. GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED
RIGHTS: The Licensed Articles are provided with restricted rights. Use,
duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions set
forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Com-
puter Software clause at DFARS 252.277-7013, and paragraph (c)(1) and
(2) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights clause at
FAR 52.277-19. The Software is a commercial item, as that term is de-
fined at 48 C.F.R. 2.101, consisting of commercial computer software
and commercial computer software documentation, as such terms are
used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212. Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212 and C.F.R.
227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, all U.S. Government End Users acquire
the Software with only those rights set forth herein. The manufacturer is:
Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc., 500 Day Hill Road,
Windsor, Connecticut 06095

IC-203 1-16
Introduction
1
13. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY: You are hereby notified that Adobe Sys-
tems Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, located at 345 Park Avenue,
San Jose, CA 95110-2704 is a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement
to the extent that this Agreement contains provisions which relate to Li-
censee's use of the Software, Font Programs, Typefaces and the trade-
marks licensed hereby. Such provisions are made expressly for the
benefit of Adobe and are enforceable by Adobe in addition to KMBT.

IC-203 1-17
Introduction
1
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT (For Others)
(Exclusive for PostScript3 Option)
This package contains the following materials provided by Adobe Systems
Incorporated (Adobe) and Konica Minolta Business Technologies, Inc.
(KMBT): software included as part of the printing system, including Post-
Scriptsoftware and other Adobe software (Printing Software), the digital-
ly-encoded machine-readable outline data encoded in the special format
and in the encrypted form (Font Programs), other software which runs on
a computer system for use in conjunction with the Printing Software (Host
Software), and related explanatory written materials (Documentation). The
term Software shall be used to describe Printing Software, Font Programs
and/or Host Software and also include any upgrades, modified versions, ad-
ditions, and copies of the Software. The Software is being licensed to you
under the terms of this Agreement. KMBT grants to you a non-exclusive sub-
license to use the Software and Documentation, provided that you agree to
the following:

1. You may use the Printing Software and accompanying Font Programs
for imaging to the licensed output device(s), solely for your own internal
business purposes.
2. In addition to the license for Font Programs set forth in Section 1 (Print-
ing Software) above, you may use Roman Font Programs to reproduce
weights, styles, and versions of letters, numerals, characters and sym-
bols (Typefaces) on the display or monitor for your own internal busi-
ness purposes.
3. You may make one backup copy of the Host Software, provided your
backup copy is not installed or used on any computer. Notwithstanding
the above restrictions, you may install the Adobe Driver Software on any
number of computers solely for use with one or more printing systems
running the Printing Software.
4. You may assign its rights under this Agreement to an assignee of all of
Licensees right and interest to such Software and Documentation (As-
signee) provided you transfers to Assignee all copies of such Software
and Documentation Assignee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.
5. You agree not to modify, adapt or translate the Software and Documen-
tation.
6. You agree that it will not attempt to alter, disassemble, decrypt, reverse
engineer or decompile the Software.
7. Title to and ownership of the Software and Documentation and any re-
productions thereof shall remain with Adobe and KMBT.

IC-203 1-18
Introduction
1
8. Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted trademark prac-
tice, including identification of the trademark owner's name. Trademarks
can only be used to identify printed output produced by the Software.
Such use of any trademark does not give you any rights of ownership in
that trademark.
9. You may not rent, lease, sublicense, lend or transfer versions or copies
of the Software Licensee does not use, or Software contained on any un-
used media, except as part of the permanent transfer of all Software and
Documentation as described above
10. In no event will KMBT or Adobe be liable to you for any consequential,
incidental or special damages, including any lost profits or lost saving,
even if KMBT has been advised of the possibility of such damages, or for
any claim by any third party. Some states or jurisdictions do not allow the
exclusion or limitation of incidental, consequential or special damages,
so the above limitations may not apply to you.
11. Notice to Government End Users: The Software is a commercial item,
as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R.2.101, consisting of commercial com-
puter software and commercial computer software documentation, as
such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212. Consistent with 48 C.F.R.
12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, all U.S. Govern-
ment End Users acquire the Software with only those rights set forth
herein.
12. You are hereby notified that Adobe Systems Incorporated, a Delaware
corporation located at 345 Park Avenue, San Jose, CA 95110-2704
(Adobe) is a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement to the extent that
this Agreement contains provisions which relate to Licensees use of the
Software, Font Programs, Typefaces and the trademarks licensed here-
by. Such provisions are made expressly for the benefit of Adobe and are
enforceable by Adobe in addition to KMBT.

IC-203 1-19
Overview
2

2 Overview
The print controller feature enables the copier to connect to computers and
networks to use as a printer.

Copier

IC-203 2-1
Overview
2
2.1 Printer Driver
This printing system is equipped with the optional PostScript3 printer func-
tions.
In order to use this printing system, it is necessary to install a printer driver in
a computer.

Printer Driver Compliant OS

PCL Printer Driver Windows 98/Me


Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003

PostScript PPD Printer Driver Windows 98/Me


(optional PostScript kit required) Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003
About how to receive the op- Mac OS 9.x
tional PostScript PPD driver, Mac OS X v10.2x - v10.4x
contact your service represent-
ative.

KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Windows 98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/Server


Driver 2003
(optional PostScript kit required)
About how to receive the op-
tional PS driver for Windows
98/Me, contact your service
representative.

2
Note
Refer to "Installation (Local printing)" on Page 4-1 and "Installation (Net-
work printing)" on Page 5-1 for more information about installation of
printer driver.

IC-203 2-2
Overview
2
2.2 Composition of a product
This print controller includes a standard parallel port (IEEE 1284) and two
Ethernet-compatible network ports (1 port is for copier HDD and the other
port is for connecting to the computer).

Windows Windows Macintosh

Optional PS Driver

Copier

Print Controller

Optional memory

2.2.1 Optional memory


The print controller is equipped with 256 MB memory by default.
Memory can be added up to 512 MB.
The optional PostScript kit contains the expanded memory (EM-701 : 256
MB). By increasing the memory, errors of PostScript reduce to ensure
smooth printing operation.
For optimum printing performance, expanding the memory capacity is rec-
ommended.

2.2.2 PostScript3 option


Installing the PostScript3 option in the print controller, enables you to can
print data from the application on Windows98/Me/NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server
2003 or Mac OS 9/X with your copier as the PostScript3 printer. Contact your
service representative about optional PS driver.

IC-203 2-3
Overview
2
2.2.3 Other options

PI-501

ZU-601 LU-403
TU-501 FS-604

The following options installed on the printer enables variable functions.


- Paper Source option (LU-403 / LU-404) enables to select LCT.
- Installing the Finisher (FS-509/FS-516 / FS-604) enables to use Staple,
Center Staple and Fold (FS-604 only) and Multi-Half Fold/Multi Letter
Fold (FS-604 only) function.
- Installing the Punch kit (PK-503) enables to use the punch functions.
- Installing the Cover Sheet Feeder (PI-501) enables to select PI Cover
Sheet.
- Punch Z-Fold Unit Option (ZU-602 (2 Hole Type)) enables to select
Punch and Fold function.
- Trimmer Unit option (TU-501) enables to select Center Staple and Fold
+ Trim function.

2
Note
Installing various options built in the copier properly on the printer driver
allows you to use a variety of printing functions shared by the copier.
Refer to "Option tab" on Page 8-11 for more information about installa-
tion of options.

IC-203 2-4
Overview
2
2.3 Connections of the Print Controller
You can use the copier as a printer by connecting print controller to a com-
puter (using with Parallel connection) or a network (using with Ethernet con-
nection).

2.3.1 Parallel Connection


You can connect your Windows computer to the print controller via the par-
allel port (IEEE 1284).
Once you set up the printer driver in the computer, you can print from it.
You can use the copier as a network printer by executing a print server func-
tion or a printer sharing function on the computer that is connected to the
copier via parallel port.

2
Note
Refer to Installation (Local printing) on page 4-1for more information
about installation of the printer driver.

2.3.2 Ethernet Connection


You can also connect the copier to computers supporting Ethernet.
Several alternatives can be considered in the Ethernet connection. In any of
them, you must set up the printer driver in each computer after configuring
the network (such as TCP/IP settings) for the print controller or the comput-
ers.
The following print patterns are shown here as examples.
- SMB printing, lpr/lpd printing, Direct printing, Raw (Port9100, Setting can
be made for up to 6 ports) printing
- Printing in which AppleTalk from Macintosh is used.
- IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) printing
- Printing in which Novell NetWare is used.

2
Note
Refer to Installation (Network printing) on page 5-1 for more information
about installation of the printer driver.

IC-203 2-5
Overview
2
2.4 Product Specifications

Type

Type: Built-in box type for the KONICA MINOLTA Printer/


Copier

Functions

Resolution: Printing System: 600 x 600 dpi

Scanning resolution: 200 dpi / 300 dpi / 400 dpi /


600 dpi

Gradation: binary

Printable Area: Standard: Margine 2.84 mm (left, right,


top and bottom without varia-
tion)

Non-standard pa- 302.979 x 459.994 mm (The


per: maximum paper size: 314 x
460 mm)

No. of Print: 1 to 9999

Continuous print 92 ppm (A4, 8.5 x 11) / (600 x 600 dpi)


speed: Numbers in the case of continuous printing following
the storage of all pages in image memory, or numbers
in the case of printing the same image on multiple pa-
pers.

Page Description Lan- PCL (The Direct Printing of the PDF/TIFF is available.
guage: However, an additional application is required.)

PostScript 3(TIFF/PDF) (optional PostScript kit re-


quired)

Built-in fonts: Agfa Microtype fonts

Adobe PosrScript Font (optional PostScript kit re-


quired)

Compliant OS: Windows 98/Me


Windows NT4.0 (NT Service Pack 6a or more)
Windows 2000
Windows XP
Windows Server 2003
Mac OS 9.x (optional PostScript kit required)
Mac OS X v10.2x - v10.4x (optional PostScript kit re-
quired)

Printer Driver: Printer driver for Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000/XP/


Server 2003
PS printer driver for Windows (optional PostScript kit
required)
PS printer driver for Macintosh (optional PostScript kit
required)

MetaFrame operating The operations of this printer driver is checked only in


environments: the following environments.

Server OS: Windows 2000 Advanced


server/Windows 2003 Enter-
prise Server

IC-203 2-6
Overview
2
MetaFrame: Citrix MetaFrame XPR Pres-
entation Server, Feature Re-
lease 3 Citrix MetaFrame
Presentation Server 3.0

Client OS: Windows 98/Windows Me/


WindowsNT4.0/Windows
2000/Windows XP

ICAClient: ICA32bit

For operations in the configuration other than the


above, contact your service representative.

Network Functions

Protocols: TCP/IP, IPX/SPX,


EtherTalk

Compliant OS (NOS): Novell NetWare (3.x, 4.x-6), Windows 95/98/Me, Win-


dows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP/Server
2003, Mac OS 9.x, Mac OS X v10.2x - v10.4x

Multiple Protocols: Automatic selection

Printing Method: SMB printing (TCP/IP) / LPD/LPR (TCP/IP) / RAW


(Port9100, Setting can be made for up to 6 ports) /
Pserver (IPX/SPX) / NPrinter/RPrinter (IPX/SPX) / Ap-
pleTalk (EtherTalk)

Dedicated Utilities: Peer to Peer Printing Tool (for Windows 98/Me)

Compliant Web Netscape Navigator, Internet Explorer


Browser:

Paper Type

Paper: A3/A4/A5/A6/B4/B5/B6/11 x 17/8 1/2 x 14/8 1/2 x 11/


8 x 13/8 1/2 x 13/8 1/4 x 13/8 1/8 x 13 1/4/5 1/2 x 8 1/
2/8K/16K/Japanese Postcard/A4 Tab/8 1/2 x 11 Tab/
A3 Wide/A4 Wide/A5 Wide/B4 Wide/B5 Wide/11 x 17
Wide/8 1/2 x 11 Wide/5 1/2 x 8 1/2 Wide/Custom Size
Settings

Paper Type: Same as the copier

Paper Weight: Same as the copier

Machine Data

CPU: Low Voltage Pentium III Tualatin 800 MHz

System Memory: 256 MB SD-RAM (Standard),


Expandable up to 512 MB (Option: EM-701)

Host Interface: Parallel port Centronics


(IEEE 1284 / amphenol 36 pin female connector)

Hard Disk Drive: EIDE drive 40 GB or more

Option: PostScript kit (PS-503)


memory: (EM-701: 256 MB)

Power: Obtain from main body printer

Network Interface: Ethernet (100Base-TX / 10Base-T)

Frame Type: IEEE 802.2/802.3 / Ethernet II / IEEE802.2SNAP

IC-203 2-7
Overview
2
Ethernet Connection: 100Base-TX / 10Base-T

Network Connector: RJ-45

Status Indicators: Green LED 2

Operating Environment

Temperature: Same as the copier

Humidity: Same as the copier

2.4.1 Restrictive Conditions


Although the Weekly Timer function of the main body printer is available in
the Printer mode, the power is not turned off until the data output is finished
when print data remains in the Image memory.

2
Note
Specifications are subject to change without notice.

IC-203 2-8
Installation (Installer)
3

3 Installation (Installer)
This section describes how to install the printer driver automatically into a
computer supporting Windows using the installer.

2
Note
The printer driver which can be installed as described in this section is
KONICA MINOLTA PCL only.
Refer to "Installation (Local printing)" on Page 4-1 when installing the printer
driver with PostScript PPD, KONICA MINOLTA PS or manually, or refer
to "Installation (Network printing)" on Page 5-1 when installing the printer
driver through the network.

Automatic installation (PCL) with installer


Install the printer driver with the installer. This installer can be used with any
Windows OSs supporting it to install the KONICA MINOLTA PCL driver. Fol-
low the procedure below to install the printer driver.

1 Insert the IC-203CD-ROM into the CD-ROM tray of the personal


computer.
Menu window appears.

2 Click [Printer Install].


The printer driver installer is started and the [License Agreement] win-
dow appears.

3 Read through the License Agree-


ment and click [AGREE].
Language for the display can be
changed in the pull-down menu
on the lower left side of the win-
dow.
Windows XP screens are indicat-
ed here for description.
[Select menu to setup] window ap-
pears.

IC-203 3-1
Installation (Installer)
3
4 Select [Install printers/MFPs] and
click [Next].
[Select Printer/MFP to install] win-
dow appears.

5 Select and install a copier. A copier can be selected by either way of


two as shown below.
Selection from list detected
When a copier is detected on the
TCP/IP network, for instance, the
driver name (KONICA MINOLTA
920 PCL) is displayed on the
screen as shown below. Then
select [Select Printers/MFPs to
Install from the List. You can se-
lect Multiple Printers/MFPs], turn
the check box on the left of the
driver name to ON and click
[Next].
[Confirm Installation Settings] window is displayed.
If no copier is detected, click the
[Search Setting] button, enter the
IP address and subnet mask and
click the [Search].

When specifying manually


To specify a unit manually, select
[Specify the Printer/MFP Except
for the Above] and click the [Re-
fer to].
[Manual Settings] window ap-
pears.

IC-203 3-2
Installation (Installer)
3
Select either [Printer Path], [IP
Address], [IP Host Name] or [Lo-
cal Port] and enter information as
required. Then click the [OK].
[Select Printers/MFPs to install]
window appears again. Click the
[Next].
[Confirm Installation Settings]
window is appears.

6 Installation setting condition is dis-


played. Check the setting and click
[Install].
The printer driver is installed and the
[Finish Installing Drivers] window ap-
pears.

7 Click [Finish].
Installation is completed.

!
Detail
Click the buttons as follows:
To check the details of the printer driver again: ........................ [Review]
To change the printer name: ........................................ [Rename Printer]
To share the printer: ........................................................ [Share Setting]
To see the property of printer: ................................................. [Property]
To see the printing setup: .................................................. [Print Setting]
To see the test page: .................................................... [Print Test Page]

IC-203 3-3
Installation (Local printing)
4

4 Installation (Local printing)

To use the print controller as a local printer, following preparations are re-
quired;

1 Prepare Parallel cable (centronics IEEE 1284), Ethernet cable and con-
nect the print controller and your computer.

2 Prepare User Software CD and Install the printer driver for local printing
to your computer.

3 Print the test page.


This chapter describes how to install the printer driver for local printing to
Windows-compliant computers and how to print the test page.
Refer to "Installation (Network printing)" on Page 5-1 about network printing.

IC-203 4-1
Installation (Local printing)
4
4.1 Printer Drivers
In order to use this printing system, the printer driver must be installed. The
printer driver is a program that controls the processing of data for output. In-
stall the printer driver onto the computer from the provided CD-ROM.
The printer drivers included on the CD and the supported computer operat-
ing systems are listed below. Install the required printer driver.

Page Description Printer Driver Supported Operating Systems


Language

PCL KONICA MINOLTA Windows 98, Windows Me,


PCL Driver Windows NT 4.0 (SP6a),
Windows 2000 Professional,
Windows XP Home Edition, Windows XP Pro-
fessional, and Windows Server 2003

PostScript 3 KONICA MINOLTA PS Windows 98, Windows Me,


(optional) Driver Windows NT 4.0 (SP6a),
Windows 2000 Professional,
Windows XP Home Edition, Windows XP Pro-
fessional, and Windows Server 2003

PostScript PPD Driver Windows 98, Windows Me,


Windows NT 4.0 (SP6a),
Windows 2000 Professional,
Windows XP Home Edition, Windows XP Pro-
fessional, and Windows Server 2003

Mac OS 9.x and Mac OS X v10.2x/v10.3x/


v10.4x

- The User Software CD-ROM contains the PCL printer driver, and the
PostScript Printer Driver CD-ROM contain the PostScript driver.
- About how to receive the optional PS driver for Windows 98/Me, contact
your service representative.

4.1.1 Compliant OS
The printer driver is can be used on the following OS:

Windows Printer Driver

Windows 98/Me "Installing to Windows 98/Me (PCL6/PPD)" on Page 4-3

Windows NT4.0 "Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/PPD)" on Page 4-7

Windows 2000 "Installing to Windows 2000 (PCL6/PPD)" on Page 4-12

Windows XP/Server "Installing to Windows XP/Server 2003 (PCL6/PPD)" on


2003 Page 4-17

Windows 98/Me/NT4.0/ "Installing the KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver" on Page 4-23


2000/XP

IC-203 4-2
Installation (Local printing)
4
Installing to Windows 98/Me (PCL6/PPD)
To install the PCL6/PPD printer driver to Windows 98/Me, perform the fol-
lowing steps.
0 In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf]
file through the IC-203 CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 98/Me.


Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

2 Click [Start] button of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] from the Start
menu to click [Printers] from the sub-menu.
The [Printers] window appears.

3 Double-click [Add Printer] icon of the [Printers] window.


The [Add Printer Wizard] window appears to set the printer.

4 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window
appears.

5 Select [Local printer].


When the printing system is
directly connected to a com-
puter in which the printer driv-
er will be installed, select
[Local printer].
When personal computers
are connected to a network
and you want to print via the
network, select [Network
printer]. In case. refer to "Installing to Windows 98/Me (PCL6/PPD)"
on Page 5-3.

6 Click [Next].
The window to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear.

IC-203 4-3
Installation (Local printing)
4
7 Click [Have Disk].
The [Install From Disk] window
appears.

8 Click [Browse].
The [Open] window appears.

9 Set the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503 CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.

10 Change [Drive] to CD-ROM drive.

11 Select the following file;


When you install PCL6 driver:
[KPIC600.inf] file in the \Driver\Drivers\bizhub920\EN\Win9X_Me
folder of the IC-203 CD-ROM
When you install PPD driver:
[oemsetup.inf] file in the \EN\Driver\AdobePS\Win9x_Me folder of
the PS-503 CD-ROM

12 Click [Open]
The [Install From Disk] window appears again.

13 Click [OK].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the printer manufacturer and
model appears.

IC-203 4-4
Installation (Local printing)
4
14 Confirm the followings in the list
of [Printers]. When you install
PCL6 driver: [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PCL] is highlighted.
When you install PPD driver:
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PS(P)] is highlighted.
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PS(P)] is the default print-
er name.

15 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to assign a port appears.

16 Select the port to which the print-


ing system is connected.
Select LPT port when the
printing system is used as a
local printer.

17 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to specify the printer name appears.

18 In the [Printer name] text box,


check the printer name.
If you want to change the
printer name, enter the new
printer name in the [Printer
name] text box.

19 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not by select-
ing [Yes] or [No].
If you are installing the first printer to your computer, the [Default
printer] setting will not appear. The first printer installed automati-
cally becomes the default printer.

IC-203 4-5
Installation (Local printing)
4
20 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print appears.

21 Select whether to perform the


test print or not by selecting [Yes
(recommended)] or [No].
Printing the test page is also
possible after the installation
of the printer driver.

22 Click [Finish] button.


Necessary files will be copied from the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503
CD-ROM to complete the installation.
If you have selected [Yes (recommended)] at step 21, performing of
the test print starts.

23 Make sure the test page printed properly.


If you have selected [No] at step 21, the test page will not be print-
ed.
If the test page is printed properly, click [Yes].

24 The installation is completed.


The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-
starting your computer.

2
Note
You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to "Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows 98/Me)" on Page 6-4 for
the method of deleting the printer driver.

IC-203 4-6
Installation (Local printing)
4
Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/PPD)
To install the PCL6/PPD printer driver to Windows NT4.0, perform the follow-
ing steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified system admin-
istrator or printer administrator.
0 In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf]
file through the IC-203 CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows NT4.0.

2 Log on as an administrator (or a user entitled to install a printer).


Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Click [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] of the Start menu
and click [Printers] from the sub-menu.
The [Printers] window appears.

4 Double-click [Add Printer] icon of the [Printers] window.


The [Add Printer Wizard] window will appear to add the printer.

5 Select [My Computer].


When the printing system is
directly connected to a com-
puter in which the printer driv-
er will be installed, select [My
computer]. When the printing
system is managed by a com-
puter in which the printer driv-
er will be installed, also select
[My computer].
When personal computers or workstations are connected to the
network and you want to print via the network, select [Network
printer server]. In case refer to "Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/
PPD)" on Page 5-7.

6 Click [Next].
The window to select the printer port will appear.

IC-203 4-7
Installation (Local printing)
4
7 Select the checkbox of the port
connecting the printer.
Select the port to which the
printing system is directly
connected.

8 Click [Next].
If you want to print directly to the printing system via the network,
select the LPR port. For details, refer to "Installing to Windows
NT4.0 (PCL6/PPD)" on Page 5-7.
The window to select the printer manufacturer and model appears.

9 Click [Have Disk].


The [Install From Disk] window
appears.

10 Click [Browse].
The [Locate File] window ap-
pears.

11 Set the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503 CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.

12 Change [Look in] to CD-ROM drive.

13 Select the following file;


When you install PCL6 driver:
[KPIC601.inf] file in the \Driver\Drivers\bizhubPRO920\EN\WinNT
folder of the IC-203 CD-ROM

IC-203 4-8
Installation (Local printing)
4
When you install PPD driver:
[Oemsetup.inf] file in the \EN\Driver\AdobePS\WinNT folder of
the PS-503 CD-ROM

14 Click [Open]
The [Install From Disk] window appears again.

15 Click [OK].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the manufacturer and model
of the printer appears.

16 Confirm the followings in the list


of [Printers]. When you install
PCL6 driver: [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PCL] is highlighted.
When you install PPD driver:
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PS(P)] is highlighted.
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PS(P)] is the default print-
er name.

17 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window appears.

18 In the [Printer name] text box,


check the printer name.
If you want to change the
printer name, enter the new
printer name in the [Printer
name] text box.

19 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not by select-
ing [Yes] or [No].
If you install a printer to the computer for the first time, [Default
printer] setting will not appear, and the first printer installed will be
the default printer.

IC-203 4-9
Installation (Local printing)
4
20 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to select whether to share the printer
appears.

21 Select whether to share the print-


er or not.
Select [Shared] or [Not
shared] checkbox.
You can select the Network
Client OS using the shared
printer from the list displayed
at the lower part of the win-
dow.
When you select [Shared],
you can input the shared name in the textbox.

22 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print appears.

23 Select Whether to perform the


test print or not by selecting [Yes
(recommended)] or [No].
Printing the test page is also
possible after the installation
of the printer driver.

24 Click [Finish].
Necessary files will be copied from the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503
CD-ROM to complete the installation.
If you have selected [Yes (recommended)] at step 23, performing of
the test print starts.

25 Make sure the test page printed properly.


If you have selected [No] at step 23, the test page will not be print-
ed.
If the test page is printed properly, click [Yes].

26 The installation is completed.


The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-
starting your computer.

IC-203 4-10
Installation (Local printing)
4
2
Note
You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to "Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows NT4.0)" on Page 6-5 for the
method of deleting the printer driver.

IC-203 4-11
Installation (Local printing)
4
Installing to Windows 2000 (PCL6/PPD)
To install the PCL6/PPD printer driver to Windows 2000, perform the follow-
ing steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified system admin-
istrator or printer administrator.
0 In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf]
file through the IC-203 CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2000.

2 Log on as an administrator (or a user entitled to install a printer).


Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Click [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] of the Start menu
and click [Printers] from the sub-menu.
The [Printers] window appears.

4 Double-click [Add Printer] icon of the [Printers] window.


The [Add Printer Wizard] window appears to add the printer.

5 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window
appears.

6 Select [Local printer].


When the printing system is
directly connected to a com-
puter in which the printer driv-
er will be installed, select
[Local printer]. When the
printing system is managed
by a computer in which the
printer driver will be installed,
also select [Local printer].
When selecting the [Local printer], turn off [Automatically detect
and install my Plug and Play printer] check box setting.
When personal computers or workstations are connected to the
network and you want to print via the network, select [Network

IC-203 4-12
Installation (Local printing)
4
printer]. In case, refer to "Installing to Windows 2000/XP/Server
2003(PCL6/PPD)" on Page 5-13.

7 Click [Next].
The window to select the printer port will appear.

8 Select the port connecting the


printer.
Select the port to which the
printing system is directly
connected.
If you want to print directly to
the printing system via the
network, select the LPR port.
For details, refer to "Installing
to Windows 2000/XP/Server
2003(PCL6/PPD)" on Page 5-13.

9 Click [Next].
The window to select the printer manufacturer and model appears.

10 Click [Have Disk].


The [Install From Disk] window
appears.

11 Click [Browse].
The [Locate File] window ap-
pears.

12 Set the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503 CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.

13 Change [Look in] to CD-ROM drive.

IC-203 4-13
Installation (Local printing)
4
14 Select the following file;
When you install PCL6 driver:
[KPIC602.inf] file in the \Driver\Driv-
ers\bizhubPRO920\EN\Win2000_XP folder of the IC-203 CD-
ROM
When you install PPD driver:
[OEMSETUP.INF] file in the \EN\Driver\AdobePS\Win2000_XP
folder of the PS-503 CD-ROM

15 Click [Open]
The [Install From Disk] window appears again.

16 Click [OK].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the manufacturer and model
of the printer appears.

17 Confirm the followings in the list


of [Printers]. When you install
PCL6 driver: [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PCL] is highlighted.
When you install PPD driver:
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PS(P)] is highlighted.
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PS(P)] is the default print-
er name.

18 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to check/change the printer name ap-
pears.

19 In the [Printer name] text box,


check the printer name.
If you want to change the
printer name, enter the new
printer name in the [Printer
name] text box.

IC-203 4-14
Installation (Local printing)
4
20 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not by select-
ing [Yes] or [No].
If you are installing the first printer to your computer, the [Default
printer] setting will not appear. The first printer installed automati-
cally becomes the default printer.

21 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to select whether to share the
printer appears.

22 Select whether to share the print-


er or not.
Select [Share as] or [Do not
share this printer] checkbox.
When you select [Share as],
you can input the shared
name in the textbox.

23 Click [Next].
If you have selected [Do not share this printer] at step 22, the [Add
Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print will appear. In this
case, go to step 26.
If you have selected [Share as] at step 22, the [Add Printer Wizard]
window to enter location and comment will appear. In this case, go
to step 24.

24 If you have selected [Share as] at step 22, enter the location of the
shared printer and comment in the [Location] and [Comment] textbox-
es.

25 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print will appear.

IC-203 4-15
Installation (Local printing)
4
26 Select Whether to perform the
test print or not by selecting [Yes]
or [No].
Printing the test page is also
possible after the installation
of the printer driver.

27 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] completion window appears.

28 Click [Finish].
If you have selected [Yes] at
step 26, performing of the
test print starts.

29 Make sure the test page printed properly.


If you have selected [No] at step 26, the test page will not be print-
ed.
If the test page is printed properly, click [OK].

30 The installation is completed.


The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without
restarting your computer.

2
Note
You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to "Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003)" on
Page 6-6 for the method of deleting the printer driver.

IC-203 4-16
Installation (Local printing)
4
Installing to Windows XP/Server 2003 (PCL6/PPD)
To install the PCL6/PPD printer driver to Windows XP/Server 2003, perform
the following steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified sys-
tem administrator or printer administrator.
0 In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf]
file through the IC-203 CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows XP/Server 2003.

2 Log on as an administrator (or a user entitled to install a printer).


Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Click [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Printers and Faxes] of the
Start menu.
The [Printers and Faxes] window appears.

4 Click [Add a printer] icon of the [Printers and Faxes] window.


The [Add Printer Wizard] window will appear to add the printer.

5 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window
to select the printer connection
appears.

6 Select [Local printer attached to


this computer].
When the printing system is
directly connected to a com-
puter in which the printer driv-
er will be installed, select
[Local printer attached to this
computer]. When the printing
system is managed in a com-
puter in which the printer driv-
er will be installed, also select [Local printer attached to this
computer].

IC-203 4-17
Installation (Local printing)
4
When selecting the [Local printer attached to this computer], turn
off [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer] set-
ting off.
When personal computers or workstations are connected to the
network and you want to print via the network, select [A network
printer, or a printer attached to another computer]. In case, refer to
"Installing to Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003(PCL6/PPD)" on Page
5-13.

7 Click [Next].
The window to select the printer
port appears.

8 Select the port connecting the printer from the list displayed by clicking
[] at the side of the [Use the following port:] box.
Select the port to which the printing system is directly connected.
If you want to print directly to the printing system via the network,
select the LPR port. For details, refer to "Installing to Windows
2000/XP/Server 2003(PCL6/PPD)" on Page 5-13.

9 Click [Next].
The window to select the printer manufacturer and model appears.

10 Click [Have Disk].


The [Install From Disk] window
appears.

IC-203 4-18
Installation (Local printing)
4
11 Click [Browse].
The [Locate File] window ap-
pears.

12 Set the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503 CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.

13 Change [Look in] to CD-ROM drive.

14 Select the following file;


When you install PCL6 driver:
[KPIC602.inf] file in the \Driver\Driv-
ers\bizhubPRO920\Win2000_XP folder of the IC-203 CD-ROM
When you install PPD driver:
[OEMSETUP.INF] file in the \EN\Driver\AdobePS\Win2000_XP
folder of the PS-503 CD-ROM

15 Click [Open].
The [Install From Disk] window appears.

16 Click [OK].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the manufacturer and model
of the printer appears.

17 Confirm the followings in the list


of [Printers]. When you install
PCL6 driver: [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PCL] is highlighted.
When you install PPD driver:
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PS(P)] is highlighted.
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PS(P)] is the default print-
er name.

18 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to check/change the printer name ap-
pears.

IC-203 4-19
Installation (Local printing)
4
19 In the [Printer name] text box,
check the printer name.
If you want to change the
printer name, enter the new
printer name in the [Printer
name] text box.

20 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not by select-
ing [Yes] or [No].

21 Click [Next].
The window to select whether you share the printer appears.

22 Select whether to share the print-


er or not.
Select [Share name:] or [Do
not share this printer].
When you select [Share
name:], you can input the
shared name in the textbox.

23 Click [Next].
If you have selected [Do not share this printer] at step 22, the win-
dow to perform the test print will appear. In this case, go to step 26.
If you have selected [Share name:] at step 22, the window to enter
location and comment appears. In this case, go to step 24.

24 If you have selected [Share


name:] at step 22, enter the loca-
tion of the shared printer and
comment in the [Location] and
[Comment] textboxes.

IC-203 4-20
Installation (Local printing)
4
25 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print appears.

26 Select Whether to perform the


test print or not by selecting [Yes]
or [No].
Printing the test page is also
possible after the installation
of the printer driver.

27 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] completion window appears.

28 Click [Finish].
If you have selected [Yes] at
step 26 performing of the test
print starts.

29 Make sure the test page printed properly.


If you have selected [No] at step 26, the test page will not be print-
ed.
If the test page is printed properly, click [OK].

30 The installation is completed.


The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-
starting your computer.

IC-203 4-21
Installation (Local printing)
4
2
Note
You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to "Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003)" on
Page 6-6 for the method of deleting the printer driver.

IC-203 4-22
Installation (Local printing)
4
Installing the KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver
KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver is to be installed from [Setup.exe] of the PS-
503 CD-ROM.
To install the KONICA MINOLTA PS printer driver to Windows, perform the
following steps. In case of Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003, the instal-
lation should be performed by a qualified system administrator or printer ad-
ministrator.

0 Windows XP screens are indicated here for description.


0 About how to receive the optional PS driver for Windows 98/Me, contact
your service representative.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows.


In case of Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003, log on as an Ad-
ministrator (or a user entitled to install printer drivers, such as Pow-
er User, etc.).
Exit from all active Windows applications, if running.

2 Place the User Software CD in the CD-ROM drive.

3 Open the [My Computer] window and then double-click the CD icon
(User Software CD).

4 Double-click [Setup.exe] file in the [KonicaMinoltaPS] - [Setup] folder


on the PS-503 CD-ROM.

5 Check the [I accept the term of


the above License Agreement]
and click [Next].

IC-203 4-23
Installation (Local printing)
4
6 Confirm the printer name and
click [Next].

7 Select your platform.

8 Select whether or not you share this printer on the network by selecting
[Yes] or [No].
If you want to share the printer on the network, refer to "Installing
the KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver" on Page 5-17.

9 Click [Next].

10 Select the port to which the PS


printing system is connected,
and click [Next].

11 Confirm the printer name.


If you want to change the printer name, enter a new name into the
[Printer Name] text box

IC-203 4-24
Installation (Local printing)
4
12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.

13 Click [Next].

14 Confirm the port and printer


name you configured, and click
[Finish].
The printer driver will be installed.

15 If you want to manually configure


the printer, click [Document De-
faults] or [Printer Properties].
For more information, refer to
"KONICA MINOLTA PS Print-
er Driver setting (Windows)"
on Page 10-1.

16 Click [Exit to Windows].


The installation session is over and you go back to the desktop.
You do not need to restart the computer for the installed printer driver
to take effect.

2
Note
You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to "Uninstallation of the printer driver" on Page 6-1 for the method
of deleting the printer driver.

IC-203 4-25
Installation (Local printing)
4
4.2 Test Page Print
You can make sure whether or not the printer driver is installed properly by
printing the test page that comes standard in Windows.

To print the test page:

1 Click [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Printers and Faxes] of the
Start menu.
The [Printers and Faxes] window appears.

2 Right-click the printer icon on the


[Printers] window. Then select
[Properties].
The properties window may
different depending on your
OS.
How to open the [Properties]
window is depending on OS.
Refer to "About Properties
window" for more information about [Properties] window.
[KONICA MINOLTA 920 PCL Properties] dialog box appears.

3 Select [General] tab in the [KONICA MINOLTA 920 PCL Properties] di-
alog box and click [Print Test Page].
The test page is printed and the confirmation window appears.

4 Verify that it is printed properly. Then, click [Yes].


The test print is completed.

2
Note
If it is not printed properly, verify the current status of this printing system.

IC-203 4-26
Installation (Network printing)
5

5 Installation (Network printing)

To use the print controller as a local printer, following preparations are re-
quired;

1 Configure the network environment.

2 Prepare Ethernet cable and connect the print controller and your com-
puter to your network.

3 Install the printer driver for network printing to your computer.

4 Test print.
This chapter describes how to install the printer driver for network printing to
Windows-compliant computers and Macintosh and how to print the test
page.
Refer to "Installation (Local printing)" on Page 4-1 about local printing.
This chapter also describes the outline of the network configuration.
Refer to the Copiers manual about the network configuration of the copier.

IC-203 5-1
Installation (Network printing)
5
5.1 Printer Drivers
In order to use this printing system, the printer driver must be installed. The
printer driver is a program that controls the processing of data for output. In-
stall the printer driver onto the computer from the provided CD-ROM.
The printer drivers included on the CD and the supported computer operat-
ing systems are listed below. Install the required printer driver.

Page Description Printer Driver Supported Operating Systems


Language

PCL KONICA MINOLTA Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0


PCL Driver (SP6a), Windows 2000 Professional,
Windows XP Home Edition, Windows XP Pro-
fessional, and Windows Server 2003

PostScript 3 KONICA MINOLTA PS Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0


(optional) Driver (SP6a), Windows 2000 Professional,
Windows XP Home Edition, Windows XP Pro-
fessional, and Windows Server 2003

PostScript PPD Driver Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0


(SP6a), Windows 2000 Professional,
Windows XP Home Edition, Windows XP Pro-
fessional, and Windows Server 2003

Mac OS 9.x and Mac OS X v10.2x/v10.3x/


v10.4x

- The User Software CD-ROM contains the PCL printer driver, and the
PostScript Printer Driver CD-ROM contain the PostScript driver.
- About how to receive the optional PS driver for Windows 98/Me, contact
your service representative.

5.1.1 Compliant OS
The printer driver is can be used on the following OS:

Windows Printer Driver

Windows 98/Me "Installing to Windows 98/Me (PCL6/PPD)" on Page 5-3

Windows NT4.0 "Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/PPD)" on Page 5-7

Windows 2000/XP/Serv- "Installing to Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003(PCL6/PPD)"


er 2003 on Page 5-13

Windows 98/Me/NT4.0/ "Installing the KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver" on Page 5-17


2000/XP/Server 2003

Macintosh Printer Driver

Mac OS 9.x "Installing to Macintosh (Mac OS 9)" on Page 5-21

Mac OS X v10.2x - "Installing to Macintosh (Mac OS X)" on Page 5-24


v10.4x

IC-203 5-2
Installation (Network printing)
5
Installing to Windows 98/Me (PCL6/PPD)
To install the PCL6/PPD printer driver to Windows 98/Me, perform the fol-
lowing steps.
0 In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf]
file through the IC-203 CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 98/Me.


Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

2 Click [Start] button of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] from the Start
menu to click [Printers] from the sub-menu.
The [Printers] window appears.

3 Double-click [Add Printer] icon of the [Printers] window.


The [Add Printer Wizard] window appears to set the printer.

4 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window
appears.

5 Select [Network printer].


When personal computers
are connected to a network
and you want to print via the
network, select [Network
printer].
When using the network
printer, it is necessary to
complete the network set-
tings on the network interface
card and on the personal computers. For details, see your network
administrator.

6 Click [Next].
The window to set the network path or queue name will appear.

IC-203 5-3
Installation (Network printing)
5
7 Type the [Network path or queue
name] text box.
If you don't know its name,
click [Browse] to view availa-
ble network printers.

8 Select whether to print from MS-DOS-based program or not by select-


ing [Yes] or [No].

9 Click [Next].
If the printer driver for Win-
dows 98/Me is not saved in
the server, the window to se-
lect the printer manufacturer
and model will appear. In this
case, go to step 10.
If the printer driver for Win-
dows 98/Me is saved in the
server, the window to check/
change the printer name will appear. In this case, go to step 21.

10 Click [Have Disk].


The [Install From Disk] window
appears.

11 Click [Browse].
The [Open] window appears.

12 Set the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503 CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.

IC-203 5-4
Installation (Network printing)
5
13 Change [Drive] to CD-ROM drive.

14 Select the following file;


When you install PCL6 driver:
[KPIC600.inf] file in the \Driver\Driv-
ers\bizhubPRO920\EN\Win9X_Me folder of the IC-203 CD-ROM
When you install PPD driver:
[oemsetup.inf] file in the \EN\Driver\AdobePS\Win9x_Me folder of
the PS-503 CD-ROM

15 Click [Open].
The [Install From Disk] window appears again.

16 Click [OK].
The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the printer manufactur-
er and model appears.

17 Confirm the followings in the list


of [Printers], When you install
PCL6 driver: [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PCL] is highlighted.
When you install PPD driver:
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PS(P)] is highlighted.
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PS(P)] is the default print-
er name.

18 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to specify the printer name ap-
pears.

19 In the [Printer name] textboxes,


check the printer name.
If you want to change the
printer name, enter the new
printer name in the [Printer
name] text box.

IC-203 5-5
Installation (Network printing)
5
20 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not by select-
ing [Yes] or [No].
If you are installing the first printer to your computer, the [Default
printer] setting will not appear. The first printer installed automati-
cally becomes the default printer.

21 Click [Next].
The next [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print appears.

22 Select Whether to perform the


test print or not by selecting [Yes
(recommended)] or [No].
Printing the test page is also
possible after the installation
of the printer driver.

23 Click [Finish] button.


Necessary files will be copied from the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503
CD-ROM to complete the installation.
If you have selected [Yes (recommended)] at step 22, performing of
the test print starts.

24 Make sure the test page printed properly.


If you have selected [No] at step 22, the test page will not be print-
ed.
If the test page is printed properly, click [Yes].

25 The installation is completed.


The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-
starting your computer.

2
Note
You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to "Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows 98/Me)" on Page 6-4 for
the method of deleting the printer driver.

IC-203 5-6
Installation (Network printing)
5
Installing to Windows NT4.0 (PCL6/PPD)
To install the PCL6/PPD printer driver to Windows NT4.0, perform the follow-
ing steps. The installation should be performed by a qualified system admin-
istrator or printer administrator.
0 In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf]
file through the IC-203 CD-ROM start-up screen.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows NT4.0.

2 Log on as an administrator (or a user entitled to install a printer).


Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Click [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] of the Start menu
and click [Printers] from the sub-menu.
The [Printers] window appears.

4 Double-click [Add Printer] icon of the [Printers] window.


The [Add Printer Wizard] window will appear to add the printer.

5 Select [Network printer server].


When personal computers or
workstations are connected
to the network and you want
to print via the network, select
[Network printer server].
When using the network
printer server, it is necessary
to complete the network set-
tings on the network interface
card and on the personal computers. For details, consult your net-
work administrator.

6 Click [Next].
The [Printer Connection] window will appear.

7 Type the network path in the [Printer] textboxes.


If you don't know the network path, search in the [Shared Printer]
list to view and select available network printers.

8 Click [OK].
Depending on your server and the state of your computer, steps
differ as follows.

IC-203 5-7
Installation (Network printing)
5
If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is installed in the server and
a different printer is installed in the computer:
Go to step 9.
If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is installed in the server and
the printer will be the first printer installed on the computer:
Go to step 11.
If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is not installed in the server
and a different printer is installed in the computer:
A message is displayed. If you click [OK], the window to select the
printer manufacturer and model will appear. Follow the same pro-
cedure of "If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is not installed in
the server:" and install the printer driver for Windows NT4.0.
If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is not installed in the server
and the printer will be the first printer installed on the computer:
A message is displayed. If you click [OK], the window to select the
printer manufacturer and model will appear. Follow the same pro-
cedure of "If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is not installed in
the server:" and install the printer driver for Windows NT4.0.

9 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not by select-
ing [Yes] or [No].
If you install a printer to the computer for the first time, [Default
printer] setting will not appear, and the first printer installed will be
the default printer.

10 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print appears.

11 Select Whether to perform the


test print or not by selecting [Yes
(recommended)] or [No].
Printing the test page is also
possible after the installation
of the printer driver.

12 Click [Finish].
Necessary files will be copied from the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503
CD-ROM to complete the installation.
If you have selected [Yes (recommended)] at step 11, performing of
the test print starts.

IC-203 5-8
Installation (Network printing)
5
13 Make sure the test page printed properly.
If you have selected [No] at step 11, the test page will not be print-
ed.
If the test page is printed properly, click [Yes].

14 The installation is completed.


The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-
starting your computer.

IC-203 5-9
Installation (Network printing)
5
If the printer driver for Windows NT4.0 is not installed in the server:

1 Click [Have Disk].


The [Install From Disk] window
appears.

2 Click [Browse].
The [Locate File] window appears.

3 Set the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503 CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.

4 Change [Look in] to CD-ROM drive.

5 Select the following file;


When you install PCL6 driver:
[KPIC601.inf] file in the \Driver\Drivers\bizhubPRO920\EN\WinNT
folder of the IC-203 CD-ROM
When you install PPD driver:
[Oemsetup.inf] file in the \EN\Driver\AdobePS\WinNT folder of
the PS-503 CD-ROM

6 Click [Open]
The [Install From Disk] window appears again.

7 Click [OK].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the manufacturer and model
of the printer appears.

8 Confirm the followings in the list


of [Printers], When you install
PCL6 driver: [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PCL] is highlighted.
When you install PPD driver:
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PS(P)] is highlighted.

IC-203 5-10
Installation (Network printing)
5
[KONICA MINOLTA 920 PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA 920 PS(P)] is the
default printer name.

9 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window appears.

10 In the [Printer name] textboxes,


check the printer name.
If you want to change the
printer name, enter the new
printer name in the [Printer
name] textboxes.

11 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not by select-
ing [Yes] or [No].
If you install a printer to the computer for the first time, [Default
printer] setting will not appear, and the first printer installed will be
the default printer.

12 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to perform the test print appears.

13 Select Whether to perform the


test print or not by selecting [Yes
(recommended)] or [No].
Printing the test page is also
possible after the installation
of the printer driver.

14 Click [Finish].
Necessary files will be copied from the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503
CD-ROM to complete the installation.
If you have selected [Yes (recommended)] at step 13, performing of
the test print starts.

15 Make sure the test page printed properly.

IC-203 5-11
Installation (Network printing)
5
If you have selected [No] at step 13, the test page will not be print-
ed.
If the test page is printed properly, click [Yes].

16 The installation is completed.


The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-
starting your computer.

2
Note
You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to "Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows NT4.0)" on Page 6-5 for the
method of deleting the printer driver.

IC-203 5-12
Installation (Network printing)
5
Installing to Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003(PCL6/PPD)
To install the PCL6/PPD printer driver to Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003,
perform the following steps. The installation should be performed by a qual-
ified system administrator or printer administrator.
0 In case you install the PCL driver, you can check the location of the [.inf]
file through the IC-203 CD-ROM start-up screen.
0 Windows XP screens are indicated here for description.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003.

2 Log on as an administrator (or a user entitled to install a printer).


Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.

3 Click [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Printers and Faxes] of the
Start menu. ( or select [Start] - [Settings] - [Printers (and Faxes)])
The [Printers and Faxes] window appears.

4 Click [Add a printer] icon of the [Printers and Faxes] window.


The [Add Printer Wizard] window will appear to add the printer.

5 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window
to select the printer connection
appears.

6 Select [A network printer, or a


printer attached to another com-
puter].
When personal computers or
workstations are connected
to the network and you want
to print via the network, select
[A network printer, or a printer
attached to another compu-
ter].

IC-203 5-13
Installation (Network printing)
5
When using the network printer, it is necessary to complete the net-
work settings on the network interface card and on the personal
computers. For details, consult your network administrator.

7 Click [Next].
The window to specify the printer will appear.

8 Type the network printer name in


the [Name] textbox or type the
URL in the [URL] textbox, and
click [Next].
If the printer driver for Win-
dows 2000/XP/Server 2003 is
saved in the server, the win-
dow to set the default printer
will appear. In this case, go to
step 9.
If the printer driver for Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 is not saved
in the server, a message is displayed. If you click [OK], the window
to select the printer manufacturer and model will appear. Follow the
same procedure of "If the printer driver for Windows 2000/XP/Serv-
er 2003 is not saved in the server".
If you don't know the network printer name, click [Next] and search
the network printer in the window to browse printer. Select availa-
ble network printers and click [Next].

9 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not by select-
ing [Yes] or [No].

10 Click [Finish].
The installation is completed.
The printer driver of the printing system becomes available without re-
starting your computer.

IC-203 5-14
Installation (Network printing)
5
If the printer driver for Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 is not saved in the
server

1 Click [Have Disk].


The [Install From Disk] window
appears.

2 Click [Browse].
The [Locate File] window ap-
pears.

3 Set the IC-203 CD-ROM or PS-503 CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.

4 Change [Look in] to CD-ROM drive.

5 Select the following file;


When you install PCL6 driver:
[KPIC602.inf] file in the \Driver\Driv-
ers\bizhubPRO920\EN\Win2000_XP folder of the IC-203 CD-
ROM
When you install PPD driver:
[OEMSETUP.INF] file in the \EN\Driver\AdobePS\Win2000_XP
folder of the PS-503 CD-ROM

6 Click [Open].
The [Install From Disk] window appears.

7 Click [OK].
The [Add Printer Wizard] window to select the manufacturer and model
of the printer appears.

IC-203 5-15
Installation (Network printing)
5
8 Confirm the followings in the list
of [Printers]. When you install
PCL6 driver: [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PCL] is highlighted.
When you install PPD driver:
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PS(P)] is highlighted.
[KONICA MINOLTA 920
PCL]/ [KONICA MINOLTA
920 PS(P)] is the default print-
er name.

9 Click [Next].
The window to set the default printer will appear.

10 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not by select-
ing [Yes] or [No].

11 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] completion window appears.

12 Click [Finish].
The installation is completed.
The printer driver of the printing
system becomes available with-
out restarting your computer.

2
Note
You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to "Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003)" on
Page 6-6 for the method of deleting the printer driver.

IC-203 5-16
Installation (Network printing)
5
Installing the KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver
KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver is to be installed from [Setup.exe] of the PS-
503 CD-ROM.
To install the KONICA MINOLTA PS printer driver to Windows, perform the
following steps. In case of Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003, the instal-
lation should be performed by a qualified system administrator or printer ad-
ministrator.

0 Windows XP screens are indicated here for description.


0 About how to receive the optional PS driver for Windows 98/Me, contact
your service representative.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows.


In case of Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003, log on as an Ad-
ministrator (or a user entitled to install printer drivers, such as Pow-
er User, etc.).
Exit from all active Windows applications, if running.

2 Place the PS-503 CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.

3 Open [My Computer] window and then double-click the CD icon (PS-
503 CD-ROM).

4 Double-click [Setup.exe] file in the [KonicaMinoltaPS] - [Setup] folder


on the User Software CD.

5 Check [I accept the term of the


above License Agreement] and
click [Next].

IC-203 5-17
Installation (Network printing)
5
6 Confirm the printer name and
click [Next].

7 Select your platform.

8 Select whether or not you share this printer on the network.


If you share it, select [Yes].
If you do not share the printer on the network, refer to "Installing the
KONICA MINOLTA PS Driver" on Page 4-23.

9 Click [Next].

10 Click [Add Network Port] to se-


lect the network printer you want
to add.

11 Confirm the printer name.


If you want to change the printer name, enter a new name into the
[Printer Name] text box.

IC-203 5-18
Installation (Network printing)
5
12 Select whether to use this printer as the default printer or not.

13 Click [Next].
Go to the step 14 if you selected [Yes] to share in the step 8 or to
step 15 if you selected [No.].

14 Enter [Share Name] and enter [Lo-


cation] and [Comment] if required.

15 Confirm the port and printer


name you configured, and click
[Finish].
The printer driver will be installed.

16 If you want to manually configure


the printer, click [Document De-
faults] or [Printer Properties].
For more information, refer to
"KONICA MINOLTA PS Print-
er Driver setting (Windows)"
on Page 10-1.

17 Click [Exit to Windows].


The installation session is over and you go back to the desktop.
You do not need to restart the computer for the installed printer driver
to take effect.

IC-203 5-19
Installation (Network printing)
5
2
Note
You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to "Uninstallation of the printer driver" on Page 6-1 for the method
of deleting the printer driver.

IC-203 5-20
Installation (Network printing)
5
Installing to Macintosh (Mac OS 9)
To install the PPD printer driver to Mac OS 9, perform the following steps.

1 Turn on the computer and start Macintosh.


Exit from all active applications, if required.

2 Set the PS-503 CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.


The driver and PPD file are different depending on the version of
Macintosh.

3 Open the [EN]-[Driver]-[OS9_x] folder in the User Software CD.


The printer driver is not installable on Mac OS 8.x. or earlier.

4 Copy the PPD file onto the hard disk.


Select [KONICAMINOLTA920vxxx.ppd] file and copy it into the
[HDD] - [System Folder] - [Extensions] - [Printer Descriptions].

5 Execute the installer.


Select and double-click [AdobePS Installer].
The dialog box appears.

6 Click [Continue...].
The [License] dialog box appears.

7 Click [Accept].
You must agree to the license
to use the printer driver for the
PS3 printing system. Click
[Accept] and go to the next
step.
The [AdobePS Installer] dialog
box appears.

8 Click [Install].
The installation starts.
When the installation is complet-
ed, the following message ap-
pears.

IC-203 5-21
Installation (Network printing)
5
9 Click [Restart].
Then, go to "Selecting the
printer with the Chooser".

IC-203 5-22
Installation (Network printing)
5
Selecting the printer with the Chooser

1 Select [Chooser] in the [Apple Menu Items].

2 Make sure that [AdobePS] is selected in the [AppleTalk] box.

3 Click [AdobePS] icon.

4 Click the printer name for your


printing system from the [Select a
PostScript Printer] list.
If you don't know the printer
name, consult your network
administrator for more infor-
mation.

5 Click [Setup...] if you are using


the PS3 printing system printer
for the first time.
Select the PPD file that is
copied from the CD-ROM.

6 Click each items to set the options for the PS3 printing system printer.

7 Click [OK].
The [Chooser] dialog appears.

8 Close [Chooser] dialog.

2
Note
You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to "Deleting the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)(PPD)" on Page 6-8 for the
method of deleting the printer driver.

IC-203 5-23
Installation (Network printing)
5
Installing to Macintosh (Mac OS X)
To install the PPD printer driver to Mac OS X, perform the following steps.
0 The printer driver is not installable on Mac OS v10.0 or v10.1.

1 Turn on the computer and start Macintosh.


Exit from all active applications, if required.

2 Set the PS-503 CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.

3 From User Software CD, double-click [EN]-[Driver]-[OS10_2_x] or


[OS10_3_x] folder and copy KONICAMINOLTA_920_xxx.pkg onto
desktop.
The pkg files vary depending on the OS version as shown below.
KONICAMINOLTA_920_102.pkg.........For Mac OS X v10.2x
KONICAMINOLTA_920_103.pkg.........For Mac OS X v10.3x/v10.4x

4 Double-click on
KONICAMINOLTA_920_xxx.pkg
.
When using the Mac OS X
v10.2x, enter the name and
password of the administrator.

5 A message is indicated asking


whether or not to execute the in-
staller. Click [Continue].

6 Click [Continue].

IC-203 5-24
Installation (Network printing)
5
7 Click [Continue].

8 Click [Continue].

9 Click [Agree].
You must agree to the license
to use the printer driver for the
PS3 printing system. Click
[Agree] and go to the next
step.
Select a Destination window appears.

10 Select a disk to be installed and


then click [Continue].
Easy Install window appears.

IC-203 5-25
Installation (Network printing)
5
11 Click [Install].
When using the Mac OS X
(v10.3x, v10.4x), enter the
name and password of the
administrator.
When reinstallation is carried
out, the indication [Install]
may be changed to [Up-
grade].
Printer driver will be installed on PC.
When the installation completes, a message appears.

12 Click [Close].
The printer driver is installed now.

2
Note
You must delete the current printer driver at first if you want to update/
reinstall the printer driver.
Refer to "Deleting the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)(PPD)" on Page 6-9 for the
method of deleting the printer driver.

IC-203 5-26
Installation (Network printing)
5
Selecting the Printer (Mac OS X)
On [System Preference], set the printer you want to use.

1 Open [System Preference].


In case of Mac OS X v10.2x,
select [Print Center].

In case of Mac OS X v10.3x/


v10.4x, select [Print & Fax].

2 Select [Set Up Printers].

3 Click [Add].
If the applicable printer is set,
the illustration of 2 is not dis-
played.

IC-203 5-27
Installation (Network printing)
5
4 Select the corresponding printer
name.

5 Click [Printer Model] and select


[KONICA MINOLTA].

6 Select the [KONICA MINOLTA


920 PS (P)] and then click [Add].
If you choose [IP Printing] as a
connection method of the
printer, you need to input the
IP address of the printer.

7 Click the printer name and from


menu - [Printers], select [Show
Info].
[Printer Info] window will be dis-
played.

8 Select [Installable Options].

IC-203 5-28
Installation (Network printing)
5
9 Setup the options that are
equipped to copier.

10 Click [Apply Changes].

11 Close [Print Info] window.

IC-203 5-29
Installation (Network printing)
5
5.2 Test Page Print
You can make sure whether or not the printer driver is installed properly by
printing the test page that comes standard in Windows.

To print the test page:

1 Click [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Printers and Faxes] of the
Start menu.
The [Printers and Faxes] window appears.

2 Right-click the printer icon on the


[Printers] window. Then select
[Properties].
The properties window may
different depending on your
OS.
How to open the [Properties]
window is depending on OS.
Refer to "About Properties
window" for more information
about [Properties] window.
[KONICA MINOLTA 920 PCL Properties] dialog box appears.

3 Select [General] tab in the [KONICA MINOLTA 920 PCL Properties] di-
alog box and click [Print Test Page].
The test page is printed and the confirmation window appears.

4 Verify that it is printed properly. Then, click [Yes].


The test print is completed.

2
Note
If it is not printed properly, verify the current status of this printing system.

Macintosh
Macintosh has no standard test print function. Double-click [ReadMe.txt] in
the User Software CD. Then, select [Print...] from [File] menu and make sure
it is printed properly.

IC-203 5-30
Uninstallation of the printer driver
6

6 Uninstallation of the printer driver


The deleting procedures of the printer driver may be different depending on
the type of the driver and the OS running in the computer.

6.1 Deletion of printer driver with installer (PCL)


Delete the printer driver with the installer. The printer driver which can be de-
leted with the installer is KONICA MINOLTA PCL only. Follow the proce-
dure below for deletion.

0 Windows XP screens are indicated here for description.

1 Insert the IC-203CD-ROM into the CD-ROM tray of the personal


computer.
Menu window appears.

2 Click [Printer Install].


The printer driver installer is started and the [License Agreement] win-
dow appears.

3 Read through the license agreement


and click the [AGREE].
Windows XP screens are indicat-
ed here for description.
[Select menu to setup] window ap-
pears.

4 Select [Uninstall Printer Driver] and


click [Next].

IC-203 6-1
Uninstallation of the printer driver
6
5 Driver name to be deleted (KONICA
MINOLTA 920 PCL) is displayed.
Turn the check box on the left of the
driver name to ON and click [Unin-
stall].

6 Printer driver name is displayed


again for confirmation. click [Unin-
stall].

7 Upon completion of deletion of the


printer driver, you are prompted to
restart the computer. Click [OK] to
start again.
Deletion of the printer driver with the installer is now completed.

IC-203 6-2
Uninstallation of the printer driver
6
6.2 Deletion of printer driver by Manual operation
The deleting procedures of the printer driver by manual operation may be dif-
ferent depending on the type of the driver and the OS running in the compu-
ter.

Windows Deleting a Printer Driver

Windows 98/Me "Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows 98/Me)" on Page 6-4

Windows NT4.0 "Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows NT4.0)" on Page 6-5

Windows 2000/XP/Serv- "Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows 2000/XP/Server


er 2003 2003)" on Page 6-6

Macintosh Deleting a Printer Driver

Mac OS 9.x "Deleting the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)(PPD)" on Page 6-8

Mac OS X v10.2x - "Deleting the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)(PPD)" on Page 6-9
v10.4x

IC-203 6-3
Uninstallation of the printer driver
6
Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows 98/Me)
To delete the Windows 98/Me-compatible printer driver, perform the follow-
ing steps.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 98/Me.

2 Click [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] from the Start menu
to click [Printers] from the sub-menu.
Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.
The [Printers] window appears.

3 Right-click the icon for the printer you want to delete. Then, select [De-
lete].

4 Click [Yes].

5 Restart the computer.


If the printer has been set as the default printer, the message saying
the default printer is deleted appears after the deletion.
The printer driver is uninstalled.

6 When updating the printer driver, go to "Installing to Windows 98/Me


(PCL6/PPD)" on Page 4-3.

IC-203 6-4
Uninstallation of the printer driver
6
Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows NT4.0)
To delete the Windows NT4.0 compatible printer driver, perform the follow-
ing steps.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows NT 4.0.

2 Click [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Settings] from the Start menu
to click [Printers] from the sub-menu.
Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.
The [Printers] window appears.

3 Right-click the icon for the printer you want to delete. Then, select [De-
lete].
The confirmation message appears.

4 Click [Yes].
The printer driver is uninstalled.
After completion of uninstall,
close the [Printers] window.

5 Restart the computer.


To avoid the system failure, make sure to restart the computer after de-
leting the printer driver.

6 When updating the printer driver, go to "Installing to Windows NT4.0


(PCL6/PPD)" on Page 4-7.

IC-203 6-5
Uninstallation of the printer driver
6
Deleting the Printer Driver (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003)
To delete the Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003-compatible printer driver, per-
form the following steps.

0 Windows XP screens are indicated here for description.

1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003.

2 Click [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Printers and Faxes] from the
Start menu. (or select [Start] - [Settings] - [Printers (and Faxes).]
Exit from all active Windows applications, if required.
The [Printers and Faxes] window appears.

3 Select the icon for the printer you want to delete. Then, click [Delete
this printer].
The confirmation message will appear.

4 Click [Yes].
If the printer has been set as
the default printer, the mes-
sage saying the default print-
er is deleted appears after the
deletion.
The printer is uninstalled.

5 Select [Server Properties] from the [File] menu of the [Printers and Fax-
es] window.
The [Print Server Properties] window appears.

6 Open [Drivers] tab of the [Print Server Properties] window.

IC-203 6-6
Uninstallation of the printer driver
6
7 Select the printer driver you want
to delete from the [Installed print-
er drivers:]. Then click [Remove].
The confirmation message ap-
pears.

8 Click [Yes].
The printer driver is deleted (uninstalled).

9 Restart the computer.


To avoid the system failure, make sure to restart the computer after
deleting the printer driver.

10 When updating the printer driver, go to "Installing to Windows XP/Serv-


er 2003 (PCL6/PPD)" on Page 4-17.

IC-203 6-7
Uninstallation of the printer driver
6
Deleting the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)(PPD)
To delete the Mac OS 9 compatible printer driver, perform the following
steps.

1 Turn on the computer and start Mac OS 9.

2 Select the icon for the printer that you want to delete from the desktop
and drag it onto [Trash].
The desktop printer is deleted (uninstalled).

3 Select [KONICAMINOLTA920vxxx.ppd] in [HDD] - [System Folder] -


[Extensions] - [Printer Descriptions] and drag it onto [Trash].
[KONICAMINOLTA920vxxx.ppd] loses its effect on the printer just
by removing it from the [Extensions] folder.
PPD file name varies depending on models of the machine.
The files related to the driver file are deleted.

4 When updating the printer driver, go to "Installing to Macintosh (Mac


OS 9)" on Page 5-21.

2
Note
The files for the old driver may be left if you have problems updating the
driver. If such cases, delete them all.

IC-203 6-8
Uninstallation of the printer driver
6
Deleting the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)(PPD)
To delete the Mac OS X-compatible printer driver, perform the following
steps.
0 The printer driver is not installable on Mac OS v10.0 or v10.1

1 Turn on the computer and start Mac OS X.

2 Open [Printer List].

3 Select the name of the printer to


be deleted and click [Delete].
The selected printer is deleted.

4 Close [Printer List].

5 Delete unnecessary files in the hard disk (HDD) with the printer driver
installed.
In case of Mac OS v10.3x / v10.4x
Drag the following files in the [HDD] - [Library] - [Receipts] to
[Trash].
KONICAMINOLTA_920_103.pkg
Drag the following files in the [HDD] - [Library] - [Printers] - [PPDs] -
[Contents] - [Resources] to [Trash].
KONICAMINOLTA920.gz
Drag the following files in the [HDD] - [Library] - [Printers] - [KONI-
CAMINOLTA] - [PDEs] to [Trash].
KONICA MINOLTA 920 Finishing.plugin
KONICA MINOLTA 920 ImageLayout.plugin
KONICA MINOLTA 920 Security.plugin
KONICA MINOLTA 920 Setup.plugin
Drag the following files in the [HDD] - [Library] - [Printers] - [KONI-
CAMINOLTA] - [Filter] to [Trash].
pstokm920

IC-203 6-9
Uninstallation of the printer driver
6
In case of Mac OS v10.2x
Drag the following files in the [HDD] - [Library] - [Printers] - [PPDs] -
[Contents] - [Resources] to [Trash].
KONICAMINOLTA920.gz
Drag the following files in the [HDD] - [Library] - [Printers] - [PPD
Plugins] to [Trash].
KONICA MINOLTA 920 Finishing.plugin
KONICA MINOLTA 920 ImageLayout.plugin
KONICA MINOLTA 920 Security.plugin
KONICA MINOLTA 920 Setup.plugin

6 Restart the computer.


This completes the deletion of the printer driver.

7 When updating the printer driver, go to "Installing to Macintosh (Mac


OS X)" on Page 5-24.

2
Note
Delete the old driver without fail before updating the driver software. If
any old driver file is left, some malfunction may occur in updating the driv-
er.

IC-203 6-10
Basic Printing and Various Function
7

7 Basic Printing and Various Function


This chapter describes basic printing method from application, and various
functions.

7.1 Basic Printing Method


Basic Printing method (Windows)
The following shows the basic methods for the printing from a Windows.
This pages is explained by using Windows XP.

1 Select [Print] from [File] menu in an


application.
Command name may be differ-
ent depending on the applica-
tion.
The [Print] dialog appears.

2 Select printer in pull down menu besides the [Name].

3 Click [Properties] to set detail if necessary.

4 Click [OK] if a required setup is finished.


The display returns to the [Print] dialog.

IC-203 7-1
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
5 Click [OK].
The print controller receives and processes a print job sent from your
computer.

2
Note
Refer to "PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)" on Page 8-1, "PostScript
PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)" on Page 9-1 for more information
about print setup.

IC-203 7-2
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
Basic Printing method (Mac OS 9)
The following shows the basic methods for the printing from a Mac OS 9.

1 Select [Chooser] in the [Apple Menu


Items].

2 Click [Adobe PS] and select the printer, then close [Chooser] dialog.
Make sure that [Active] is ON in [AppleTalk].

3 Select [File]-[Print] of the applica-


tion.
Command name may be differ-
ent depending on the applica-
tion.
The [Print] dialog appears.

4 Make sure that compliant printer name is selected in the [Printer].


Refer to "PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)" on Page
11-1 for more information about print setup.

5 Click [Print].
The print controller receives and processes a print job sent from your
computer.

IC-203 7-3
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
Basic Printing method (Mac OS X)
The following shows the basic methods for the printing from a Mac OS X.

1 Double click [Print Center] icon.


The [Print Center] is in the [HDD]-
[Application]-[Utility] folder.
The [Printer List] window appears.

2 Select the printer and close [Printer List] window.

3 Select [File]-[Print] of the applica-


tion.
Command name may be differ-
ent depending on the applica-
tion.

4 Make sure that compliant printer name is selected in the [Printer].


Refer to "PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)" on Page
12-1 for more information about print setup.

5 Click [Print].
The print controller receives and processes a print job sent from your
computer.

IC-203 7-4
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
7.2 Various Function
Various functions of the printer is introduced from this page. Refer to the
page indicated by [Refer to] for the details of the setting method of each
function.

7.2.1 To set the paper-related items


The size of the paper, direction of the paper and other paper-related items
can be set as shown below.

To set the orientation:


Set the orientation output paper in Portrait or Landscape.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Layout tab" on Page 9-17

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Page Attributes dialog box" on Page 11-10

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Page Attributes (Page Setup window)" on


Page 12-3

ABCD
ABCDEF

Portrait Landscape

IC-203 7-5
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To print in rotation:
You can make a print job rotate.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Quality tab" on Page 10-55


PS

Rotation

ABCDEF
ABCDEF

To set the size of output paper:


Sets various sizes for the output paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Page Attributes dialog box" on Page 11-10

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Page Attributes (Page Setup window)" on


Page 12-3

To set the type of paper:


Sets various types of paper as output paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Paper/Quality tab" on Page 9-19

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (1)" on


Page 11-23

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Setup (Print window)" on Page 12-21

IC-203 7-6
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To set the color of the paper.
You can make a print with a color paper by specifying a desired color paper
from the printer driver.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Setup (Print window)" on Page 12-21

To set the pre-punched paper.


You can make a print with a punched paper by specifying the desired paper
from the printer driver.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Setup (Print window)" on Page 12-21

IC-203 7-7
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To enlarge or reduce by a specified ratio:
Prints by specifying a value of enlargement or reduction.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Page Attributes dialog box" on Page 11-10

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Page Attributes (Page Setup window)" on


Page 12-3

Enlargement
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD

ABCD

Document
Reduction

To set the margins:


You can set the margins of output paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Custom Page Default dialog box" on Page


11-15

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Custom Paper Size (Page Setup window)"


on Page 12-5

Margin

IC-203 7-8
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
7.2.2 To set the paper tray
For the paper trays such as the feed tray and the output tray, the following
settings are available.

To set the Paper Source unit:


You can make the printer driver recognize an optional paper source unit.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Option tab" on Page 8-11


PCL

PostScript PPD "Device Settings tab" on Page 9-13

KONICA MINOLTA "Option tab" on Page 10-13


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Configure dialog box" on Page 11-37

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Printer Info" on Page 12-28

Paper Sources

IC-203 7-9
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To set the paper feed tray:
You can select and set a paper feed tray to be used from the list.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Device Settings tab" on Page 9-13

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "General dialog box" on Page 11-17

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Paper Feed (Print window)" on Page 12-8

Paper feed tray

To set the Finisher:


You can make the printer driver recognize an optional Finisher.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Option tab" on Page 8-11


PCL

PostScript PPD "Device Settings tab" on Page 9-13

KONICA MINOLTA "Option tab" on Page 10-13


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Configure dialog box" on Page 11-37

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Printer Info" on Page 12-28

Finisher

IC-203 7-10
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To set the Output tray:
You can select and set an output tray to be used from the list.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Finishing (Print window)" on Page 12-9

Output tray

2
Note
The position of the output tray varies depending on the optional unit.

IC-203 7-11
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
7.2.3 To print multiple copies
To print multiple sets of the same output result pages, you can set as shown
below.

To set the number of copies to be printed:


Sets the number of copies to be printed from the [Properties] window.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "General dialog box" on Page 11-17

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Copies & Pages (Print window)" on Page


12-6

To print by sets (Collate / Sort):


This printing system enables you to print multiple sets of pages.
Prints the first one set of pages in one lot, and then the second set of pages,
the third set of pages, ...., when printing multiple sets of pages.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Copies & Pages (Print window)" on Page


12-6

ABCD ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD ABCD

21 21
3 3

IC-203 7-12
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To print page by page collectively:
This printing system enables you to print page by page collectively.
Prints the required number of the first page, and then the required umber of
the second pages, the third page.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Copies & Pages (Print window)" on Page


12-6

ABCD ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD ABCD

1 2
11 22

IC-203 7-13
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To output offset copies (Offset):
Selects to shift the exit position of each set of printout back and forth when
printing multi set of copies.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Finishing (Print window)" on Page 12-9

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD

Offset Copies

IC-203 7-14
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To print from two sets of copy machines
In this printing system, you can print using two sets of copy machines.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Special Functions tab" on Page 8-40


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Special Functions" on Page 10-43


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Finishing (Print window)" on Page 12-9

Sub copier

Master copier

IC-203 7-15
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
7.2.4 To print multiple pages
You can set as shown below when printing multiple pages document.

To set to print on both sides:


Prints continuous multiple pages on both front and back sides.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Finishing (Print window)" on Page 12-9

Double Sides / Double Sides / Double Sides /


Left Binding Top Binding Right Binding

IC-203 7-16
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To print the document of multiple pages on a single page:

(Page allocation / Layout):


Allocates the document of 2 pages, 4 pages, 6 pages, 8 pages (KONICA MI-
NOLTA PS only), 9 pages or 16 pages onto a single page for printing.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Layout tab" on Page 9-17

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Layout dialog box" on Page 11-21

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Layout (Print window)" on Page 12-7

2 in 1 4 in 1 6 in 1

1 2 1 2 1 2 3

3 4 4 5 6

8 in 1 9 in 1 16 in 1

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 4 5 6
9 10 11 12
7 8 9 13 14 15 16

IC-203 7-17
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To print 2 pages on a double size single paper:(Combination (No Reduc-
tion)):
Prints a document of 2 pages onto a single paper twice as big as a paper se-
lected in the output paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Special Functions tab" on Page 8-40


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Special Functions" on Page 10-43


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 12-


25

2-in-1 2-in-1 Repeat 2 Repeat Reversal


ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD 1 ABCD

1 2 1 1 ABCD 1

IC-203 7-18
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To print a twofold booklet (Booklet):
Prints output paper so that they become a book when they are folded in two.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 12-


25

To print a specific page on the front face (Chapter):


Prints a specific page so that it comes on the front, especially when printing
on both sides of the paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting tab" on Page 8-33


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting" on Page 10-36


PS

1'st page of a chapter

IC-203 7-19
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To print pages in facing up (Face up):
Output paper facing up when printing multiple pages.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Finishing (Print window)" on Page 12-9

Face down Face up


AB
CD

AABBABAABBAABB AB
CCDCDCDCDCDCDD CD
111111 8

Not To print blank page:


Selects not to print out blank pages in the document.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

IC-203 7-20
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
7.2.5 To set the Front / Back cover, insertion sheet and cover
sheet
Make settings for a front cover, back cover, insertion sheet and cover sheet
in addition to pages to be printed.

To set a Front Cover:


Sets a front cover which uses a different paper from that for the body pages.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting tab" on Page 8-33


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting" on Page 10-36


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Setup (Print window)" on Page 12-21

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD

Front Cover Front Cover


- Blank - Printed

IC-203 7-21
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To set a Back Cover:
Sets a back cover which uses a different paper from that for the body pages.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting tab" on Page 8-33


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting" on Page 10-36


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Setup (Print window)" on Page 12-21

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD

Back Cover Back Cover


- Blank - Printed

To set an Insertion Sheet:


Sets to insert a blank or printer paper which uses a different paper from that
for the body pages.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting tab" on Page 8-33


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting" on Page 10-36


PS

ABCD

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD

Insertion Insertion
sheet - Blank sheet - Printed

IC-203 7-22
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To set a Thick Cover:
Output a thick paper as a cover, which is different from the output papers
set.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting tab" on Page 8-33


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting" on Page 10-36


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Setup (Print window)" on Page 12-21

Cover Sheet Feeder

To set a Tab Paper:


Sets to print tab paper. You can set the text, tab position, and number of
tabs.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting tab" on Page 8-33


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Per Page Setting" on Page 10-36


PS

IC-203 7-23
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
7.2.6 To set for finishing
It is possible to use various functions such as stapling, punching, binding
and folding for bookbinding and finishing.

To set stapling:
Staple output paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-139


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Finishing (Print window)" on Page 12-9

ABCD
ABCDEF

IC-203 7-24
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To set the Punch Unit:
Sets to make the printer driver recognize an optional Punch unit.
To use the punch unit, this setting is required to be made in advance.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Option tab" on Page 8-11


PCL

PostScript PPD "Device Settings tab" on Page 9-13

KONICA MINOLTA "Option tab" on Page 10-13


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Configure dialog box" on Page 11-37

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Printer Info" on Page 12-28

Punch Unit

To set punching:
You can select to punch 2 or 3(4) holes in the output paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Finishing (Print window)" on Page 12-9

ABCD
ABCDEF

IC-203 7-25
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To adjust printing position on the paper (Image Shift):
Adjusts the printing position of documents to the output paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Special Functions tab" on Page 8-40


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Special Functions" on Page 10-43


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 12-


25

ABC
ABC

IC-203 7-26
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To set Fold, Stitch and Trim:
Sets to fold an output paper at the center, bind it at the center, fold it in a Z-
shape or fold it into three, cut it.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Special Functions tab" on Page 8-40


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Special Functions" on Page 10-43


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Finishing (Print window)" on Page 12-9

IC-203 7-27
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
7.2.7 To set a Watermark
A Watermark or an Overlay can be set and printed on the output paper.

To create a Overlay:
Creates a overlay design that is printed on the output paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Overlay tab" on Page 8-45


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Overlay tab" on Page 10-52


PS

To print a Overlay:
Sets a overlay and print it on the output paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Overlay tab" on Page 8-45


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Overlay tab" on Page 10-52


PS

ABCD

IC-203 7-28
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To create a new Watermark:
Creates a new Watermark printed on the output paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Watermark tab" on Page 8-48


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Watermarks tab" on Page 10-57


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Watermark dialog box" on Page 11-13

ABCD

COPY

To print a Watermark:
Sets a transparent character and print it on the output paper.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Watermark tab" on Page 8-48


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Watermarks tab" on Page 10-57


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Watermark dialog box" on Page 11-13

ABCD ABCD
CONFID PY
ENTIAL CO

IC-203 7-29
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To print Date/Time:
Prints the date and time on all pages or 1st page Only.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Watermark tab" on Page 8-48


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Special Functions" on Page 10-43


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 12-


25

To print Page Number:


Prints the page number. You can specify the pages to be printed with page
numbers, the first page from which numbers will be printed, the initial page
number to be printed.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Watermark tab" on Page 8-48


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Special Functions" on Page 10-43


PS

To set numbering:
Prints the copy number to the printed page.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Watermark tab" on Page 8-48


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Special Functions" on Page 10-43


PS

IC-203 7-30
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
7.2.8 To set an image and shade
Sets a print density and a method for processing graphic data when output-
ting an image.

To print with Black:


Prints colored text, lines and figures in black to prevent faint printing.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Quality tab" on Page 8-52


PCL

To set printing pattern:


Set printing pattern from fine or coarse.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Quality tab" on Page 8-52


PCL

To set draft print:


Prints lightly which is switable for draft documents.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Quality tab" on Page 8-52


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Quality tab" on Page 10-55


PS

IC-203 7-31
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To set a printing density:
Sets a printing density.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Quality tab" on Page 8-52


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Quality tab" on Page 10-55


PS

Standard Light

To save toner consumption:


Saves the consumption of toner by controlling print density.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Quality tab" on Page 8-52


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Quality tab" on Page 10-55


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 12-


25

Normal Toner Save Draft

ABCD ABCD ABCD

IC-203 7-32
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
To print a curved section smoothly (Smoothing):
Prints the curved section of characters and images smoothly.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Quality tab" on Page 8-52


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Quality tab" on Page 10-55


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Image/Layout (Print window)" on Page 12-


25

Smoothing

IC-203 7-33
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
7.2.9 To set font-related items
It is possible to set the printer font-, TrueType font-, and PostScript font-re-
lated items.

To print without using printer fonts:


Makes settings so that printing is done without using the printer font.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Font tab" on Page 8-54


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Font tab" on Page 10-11


PS

To set the substitution of the font (Font Substitution Settings):


Selects the printer fonts which substitutes for the highlighted True Type Font.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Font tab" on Page 8-54


PCL

To set the format of the font that is to be downloaded (Download Font


Format):
Selects the font format to be downloaded to the printer (Outline or BMP).

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Font tab" on Page 8-54


PCL

IC-203 7-34
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
7.2.10 Checking the Printer Driver Setting
You can check the settings before printing and perform test printing to check
current setting.

To check the current settings before printing (Wait Mode):


Check the current settings from the control panel before printing.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Security (Print window)" on Page 12-15

To check the current settings before printing (Proof and Print):


Check outputs the test print and checks the current settings from the control
panel.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

PostScript PPD "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-


21

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS 9 PostScript PPD "Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)" on


Page 11-25

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Security (Print window)" on Page 12-15

To check the version of the printer driver:


Checks the printer driver version from the [Properties] window, when this
printing system is used.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Version tab" on Page 8-56


PCL

IC-203 7-35
Basic Printing and Various Function
7
7.2.11 How to store the job and reprint
A print job can be saved onto the hard disk of in this printing system, and it
can be printed as needed.

To save and print a print job (Save in User Box / Save in User Box &
Print):
A print job can be saved onto the hard disk of in this printing system, and it
can be printed as needed.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Security (Print window)" on Page 12-15

To print with protection by a password (Secure Print):


Protects a print job with a password when printing a confidential document.

Operating System Printer Driver Refer to

Windows KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 8-13


PCL

KONICA MINOLTA "Setup tab" on Page 10-15


PS

Mac OS X PostScript PPD "Security (Print window)" on Page 12-15

IC-203 7-36
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8

8 PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)


This chapter describes the settings of the PCL printer driver. For settings,
use the Properties window.

8.1 About Properties window


This chapter explains the PCL printer driver settings with Properties window
of Windows XP.
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS.

Operating System Method

Windows 98/Me Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0/2000 Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows XP/Server Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and
2003 Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Proper-
ties].

How to open the printing preference window differs depending on the OS in


use.

Operating System Method

Windows 98/Me Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0 Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Document Defaults].

Windows 2000 Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Printing Preference]

Windows XP/Server Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and
2003 Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Printing
Preference].

IC-203 8-1
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.1.1 Properties window
You have two ways for selecting or changing settings through the printer
driver.

How to setup in the Properties window of the Printers and Faxes win-
dow
Settings made in the [Properties] of the [Printers and Faxes] folder are ap-
plied to print outs from any application.

How to setup with application


Settings can be made in the print dialog indicated by selecting the print com-
mand in the application. In this case, the settings are effective only when the
application is in use.

2
Note
This chapter is described by using the printer window of Windows XP.
The properties window may differ from the window displayed by the
printing command of applications.

IC-203 8-2
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.2 About button
Buttons common to each tab of the [Properties] window are shown below.

Button Function

OK When the [OK] is clicked, all tab settings are saved with the close of the
properties window.

Cancel When the [Cancel] is clicked, all tab settings are cancelled with the
close of the properties window.

Apply When the [Apply] is clicked, the present tab settings are saved. This
button is usefull when you want conduct other settings in other tabs,
and the present tab settings are registered before using other tabs.

Help When the [Help] is clicked, Help information appears. As well, when you
click [Help] which appears when right-clicking a desired item, pop-up
help for the item appears.

IC-203 8-3
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.3 Combination of the function
When you select a function which causes a confliction with the settings al-
ready configured, the message will be displayed

This is a confirmation message to decide which setting will be turned off.


When this message is displayed, select [Yes] or [No]. In case of [Yes], the
conflict setting will be turned OFF.

IC-203 8-4
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.4 General tab
Enables printing a test page.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Property
window.

Location
Enters the name of place where the printer is located. For example, 2nd
floor, Room 101, Domain ABC and so on.

Comment
Enters information about the printer. For example, User: documentation
team, Maintenance: 123-456-789, and so on.

Printing Preference
Displays the property window of the selected printer. You can change the
setting of the printer driver with the property window.

Print Test Page


Prints a test page of Windows. You can print a test page without using any
application.

2
Note
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 8-5
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.5 Sharing tab
Performs share settings of a printer.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Property
window.
By using this [Sharing] tab, you can make the printer available to network us-
ers.

2
Note
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 8-6
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.6 Ports tab
Performs settings related to ports.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Property
window.

Add Port
Using this button enables you to add a new port for Vendor-specific port
monitor, TCP/IP or Unix printers (using the LPR port), and so on.

Delete Port
Deletes the selected port from above list.

Configure Port
Using this button enables you to configure the selected port from above list.

Enable printer pooling


Enables printing to two or more identical print devices by using one logical
printer.

2
Note
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 8-7
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.7 Advanced tab
Performs settings regarding drivers, port time out and spooling.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Property
window.

Always available / Available from


Configures how many hours the printer is available. You can choose from 24
hours or specified hours.

Priority
Configures the priority of the current setting.

Driver
Displays the installed printer driver name.

New Driver
Clicks to install a new or updated printer driver.

Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster


Sets to spool the documents before printing.

Print directly to the printer


Sets to print without spooling.

IC-203 8-8
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Hold mismatched documents
Sets to hold the document which does not match to the printer setup.

Print spooled documents first


Sets to print the spooled document irrespective of a priority settings.

Keep printed documents


Sets to hold the spooled data of the documents after printing.

Enable advanced printing features


Enables the advanced printing features.

2
Note
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 8-9
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.8 Color Management tab
Performs settings related to color management.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Property
window.
It is not used in this printing system.

IC-203 8-10
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.9 Option tab
Performs settings of the printer options.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the Property
window.

Option - Paper Sources


Selects an installed paper source.

Option - Finisher
Selects an installed Finisher.

Option - Punch Unit


Selects an installed Punch Unit.

Option - Cover Sheet Feeder


Selects an installed Cover Sheet Feeder.

Option - Punch Z-Fold Unit


Selects an installed Punch Z-Fold Unit.

Trimmer
Selects an installed Trimmer Unit.

IC-203 8-11
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Option Information
By entering the printer name or IP address, option information can be auto-
matically obtained.

Option Information - Printer Name or IP Address


Inputs the printer name for the printer or IP address.

Option Information - Gather Option Information


Obtains option information for the printer automatically.

Enhanced Security
By turning ON the [Enhanced Security], you can enter nothing anymore to the
password input field for the following functions so that the password cannot
be transmitted from the printer driver to the printing system through the net-
work:
- Secure Print (page 8-25)
- User Authentication/Account Track (page 8-30)
To print using these functions, you should enter the password on the control
panel of the copier after transmitting the print data. Refer to Users Guide
(Security) for more information.

IC-203 8-12
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.10 Setup tab
Performs basic settings of the printer.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Paper - Orientation
Sets the orientation to output paper in [Portrait] or [Landscape].
The default is [Portrait].

Paper - Original Size


You can select a original size from the list shown by clicking [].

Document size that can be selected

A3

A4

A5

A6

B4

B5

B6

11 x 17

8 1/2 x 14

IC-203 8-13
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Document size that can be selected

8 1/2 x 11

8 x 13

8 1/2 x 13

8 1/4 x 13

8 1/8 x 13 1/4

5 1/2 x 8 1/2

8K

16K

Japanese Postcard

A4 Tab

8 1/2 x 11 Tab

A3 Wide

A4 Wide

A5 Wide

B4 Wide

B5 Wide

11 x 17 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Wide

5 1/2 x 8 1/2 Wide

Custom Size Settings

Print Position Settings

2
Note
When [Custom Size Setting] is selected, it is possible to set and register
the original size.

IC-203 8-14
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Paper - Output Size
You can select a paper size from the list shown by clicking [].

Document size that can be selected

Same as Original Size

A3

A4

A5

A6

B4

B5

B6

11 x 17

8 1/2 x 14

8 1/2 x 11

8 x 13

8 1/2 x 13

8 1/4 x 13

8 1/8 x 13 1/4

5 1/2 x 8 1/2

8K

16K

Japanese Postcard

A4 Tab

8 1/2 x 11 Tab

A3 Wide

A4 Wide

A5 Wide

B4 Wide

B5 Wide

11 x 17 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Wide

5 1/2 x 8 1/2 Wide

Custom Size Settings

Print Position Settings

The default is the Same as original size.

IC-203 8-15
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Custom Size Settings
When [Custom Size Settings] is selected from the [Original Size] or the [Out-
put Size], [Custom Size Settings] dialog appears.

List of Custom Size Select from among 10 custom sizes of the paper.

Custom Size Name Edit the name of the custom size in the list above.

Size-Width Set the width of the selected custom size in the list (100-324
mm).

Size-Length Set the length of the selected custom size in the list for the
current tray (140-460 mm).

Size-Unit Select the units for setting [Width] and [Length].

Print Position Settings


When [Print Position Settings] is selected from the [Output Size], [Print Posi-
tion Settings] dialog appears.

IC-203 8-16
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8

Top Print using the top of the paper.

Center Print using the center of the paper.

Bottom Print using the bottom of the paper.

Paper - Zoom
Print by specifying the enlargement or reduction ratio in the range from 25%
to 400%.
[Zoom] cannot be set in the following cases:
- [Same as Original Size] is selected in [Setup]-[Output Size]
- [Combination] is available in [Special Functions] tab

Paper - Paper Sources


Select and set the paper tray to be used from the list. When [Auto] is set, the
printer automatically selects and prints from a suitable paper tray.

Feed Tray paper size that can be used.

Tray 1 to Tray 3 A3/A4/A5/A6/B4/B5/B6/11 x 17/8 1/2 x 14/8 1/2 x 11/8 x 13/


8 1/2 x 13/8 1/4 x 13/8 1/8 x 13 1/4/5 1/2 x 8 1/2/8K/16K/Jap-
LCT (LU-403/LU-404), anese Postcard/A4 Tab/8 1/2 x 11 Tab/A3 Wide/A4 Wide/A5
Bypass Tray Wide/B4 Wide/B5 Wide/11 x 17 Wide/8 1/2 x 11 Wide/5 1/2 x
8 1/2 Wide/Custom Size Settings

Paper Type Settings


When [Paper Type Settings] is pressed, the [Paper Type Settings] dialog ap-
pears.

IC-203 8-17
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type
When selecting the paper source from the list and [Edit] is pressed, the [Edit
Paper Type] dialog appears.

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Paper Type


Sets various types of paper sizes as the output paper as shown below.

Types of paper that can be selected.

No Setting

Plain Paper

Fine This is set when printing fine paper such as


memo paper.

Thick 1 This is set when printing coated paper such


as pamphlet.

Thick 2 This is set when printing thick paper such


as a post card.

Thin This is set when printing thin paper.

Recycled This is set when printing recycled paper.

Label This is set when printing the paper such as


label.

Transparency This is set when printing OHP sheet.

Trace This is set when printing trace paper.

User This is set when printing the user specified


paper set on the copier.

Blank Insert This is set when printing blank paper such


as cover sheet.

Exclusive A - M This is set when printing the exclusive pa-


per.

IC-203 8-18
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Paper Color
Sets various colors of paper as the output paper as shown below
- No Setting
- White
- Clear
- Yellow
- Pink
- Blue
- Green

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Pre-Punched Paper


Sets whether the paper as the output paper is pre-punched or not.

Paper Type Settings - Transparency Interleave


Check when using Transparency.

2
Note
You can select when Transparency is set for Bypass Tray.

Transparency Interleave - Settings

Blank This is set when inserting the blank interleaf for the trans-
parent sheet.

Printed This is set when inserting the printed interleaf for the
transparent sheet.

Paper Source Uses to select the paper tray for Transparency Interleave.

Binding - Binding Position


Sets the binding position for the document to be printed. The position select-
ed here will be the position of stapling, punching and base position of the im-
age shift.

IC-203 8-19
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Binding - Print Type
Selects the print type among Single Side, Double Sides and Booklet.
Single Side prints on one side of the paper.
Double Side prints on both sides of the paper.
Booklet prints on both sides of the paper and fold the paper. Booklet prints
in order which every folded page appears in their original order when gath-
ered at the end.

Binding - Combination
Prints multiple pages onto a single sheet of the paper.

2 in 1 4 in 1 6 in 1
ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD
ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

9 in 1 16 in 1

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

Binding - Combination - Details


When selects the [Details] from the list of the [Combination], [Combination
Details] dialog appears.

Combination Selects the number of pages to be


printed onto a single sheet.

Order Selects the printing order of pages.

Border Selects whether draw a frame or line


as the border between pages.

IC-203 8-20
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Binding - File Margin
Shifts the printing position according to the margin to be defined on the [File
Margin Details] dialog.

Binding - File Margin - Details


When click [Details], [File Margin Details] dialog appears.

Front Side Sets the margin for the front side.

Back Side Sets the margin for the back side.

Same value for front and Selects to use the same margin for the front and back sides.
back sides

Shift Mode Selects the shift mode. [Parallel Shift] shifts the image parallel.
[Auto Reduction] shifts the image parallel and reduce an image
to attain a hole print image printed.

IC-203 8-21
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Binding - Staple
Staple output paper. The number of staplings and their positions can be set.
The selectable position will be changed according with the [Binding Position]
setting.

1 Staple /Left Binding 1 Staple /Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

2 Staples /Left Binding 2 Staples /Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

1 Staple /Top Binding 2 Staples /Top Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

The [Staple] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When [Finisher] is not available in [Options] tab.
- When [Default] is not selected in [Setup] tab - [Output Tray].
- When [Booklet] is selected in [Setup] tab - [Print Type].

IC-203 8-22
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Binding - Hole-Punch
The output paper can be set to be punched with 2 holes, 3 holes or 4 holes.
Punch holes which can be specified vary depending on the destinations.
- USA: Either 2 or 3 holes can be specified.
- Others: Either 2 or 4 holes can be specified.
The position will be changed according with the [Binding Position] setting.

2 Holes / Left Binding 2 Holes / Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

2 Holes / Left Binding 2 Holes / Right Binding


(Landscape) (Landscape)
ABCDEF ABCDEF

2 Holes / Top Binding 2 Holes / Top Binding


(Portrait) (Landscape)
ABCD
ABCDEF

The [Hole-Punch] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When [Punch Unit] or [Punch Z-Fold Unit] is not available in [Options] tab.
- When an item other than [Z-fold] is selected in [Special Function] tab -
[Fold].
- When [Booklet] is selected in [Setup] tab - [Print Type].

IC-203 8-23
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Binding - Center Staple and Fold
Staples at the center of the output paper and folds it into half.
The [Center Staple and Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When [FS-604] is not available in [Options] tab.
- When an item other than [Multi-Half Fold] is selected in [Special Function]
tab - [Fold].

Output - Output Method - Print


Sets the normal printing.

IC-203 8-24
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Output - Output Method - Secure Print
If you print with the Secure Print feature, the printing does not start until you
input the Secure Print ID and the password on the copier's control panel.
To perform the Secure Print, you need to configure the settings for Confiden-
tial output on the copier. For more information on the Confidential output, re-
fer to Users Guide (Network Scanner).

0 The [Secure Print] cannot be set in the following cases:


0 When [Tandem Mode] is available in [Special Functions] tab.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open the [Print-


ing Preferences] window.

3 Select [Secure Print] in the [Output Method].


[Secure Print Settings] window appears.

4 Enter [Secure Print ID] and [Pass-


word].
Secure Print ID: Enter the confi-
dential box name.
Password: Enter the password.

5 Click [OK].

6 Click [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

7 Click [Print] to perform printing from the application.

8 Press [Box] on the control panel of the copier and select [Recall].

IC-203 8-25
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
9 Press [Confidential].

10 Select a box and press [OK].


Password Input screen appears.

11 Enter [Password].

12 Press [OK] to close Password Input screen.

13 Select the file to print and press


[>>>].

14 Select [AutoOutput] and press the [OK].


Confidential file is printed.

!
Detail
To confirm the settings for Confidential Output, select [WaitOutput] or
[Proof Output], and press [OK].
For more information, refer to Users Guide (Network Scanner).

IC-203 8-26
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Output - Output Method - Save in User Box/Save in User Box and Print
You can store the print job as image data on the copier's internal hard disk
to re-output them when necessary. To output, use the PageScope Job
Spooler or operate on the control panel.
0 For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to PageScope
Job Spooler User's Guide.
0 The [Save in User Box] cannot be set in the following cases:
0 When [Tandem Mode] is available in [Special Functions] tab.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open [Printing


Preferences] window.

3 Select [Save in User Box] or [Save in User Box and Print] in the [Output
Method].
Selecting [Save in User Box] stores the print job on the internal hard
disk.
Selecting [Save in User Box and Print] stores the print job on the in-
ternal hard disk and prints one copy.

4 Enter [File Name] and [User Box


Number] and click [OK].

5 Click [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

6 Click [Print] to perform printing from the application.

IC-203 8-27
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8

!
Detail
To output, use PageScope Job Spooler or operate on the control panel
of copier.
For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to PageScope
Job Spooler User's Guide.
For more information about how to operate on the control panel, refer to
bizhub PRO 920 User's Guide (Network Scanner).

IC-203 8-28
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Output - Output Method - Wait Mode/Proof and Print
Outputs the test print and checks current setting from the control panel of
copier. Use this when printing a large volume document, such as multiple
sets of pages.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open the [Print-


ing Preferences] window.

3 Select [Wait Mode] or [Proof and Print] in the [Output Method].

4 Click [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

5 Click [Print] to perform printing from the application.


When [Wait Mode] is selected, it stops without being printed.
When [Proof and Print] is selected, only one set is printed and it
stops.
On the copier's control panel, the Mode Check screen appears.

6 In case of [Proof and Print], [Proof Stop] blinks on the left above the
copier touch panel screen. Press [Proof Stop].
Mode Check screen appears on the control panel of copier.

7 Confirm the current settings.


If you do not change any setting,
proceed to the step 10.

8 If necessary, press the [Change] to change settings.

9 Change the settings and press the [OK].


The Mode Check screen will be restored.

10 Press [START] to resume the rest of the print job.

IC-203 8-29
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Output - Copies
Sets the number of copies to be printed.

Output - Output Tray


Sets [Default], [Main Tray] or [Sub Tray] as [Output Tray].
Each of them can/cannot be set in the following cases:
- [Sub Tray] need to be selected a Finisher on the [Option] tab, respective-
ly.
- When [Staple] is available in [Setup] tab, items other than [Default] and
[Main Tray] cannot be set.

Output - Output Order


Changes the output order.
[Face Down] outputs paper with the printed side facing down.
[Face Up] outputs paper with the printed side facing up.
(1 to N) means to output paper starting with the first page.
(N to 1) means to output paper starting with the last page.

Output - Collate
Prints the first one set of prints in one lot, and then the second set of prints,
the third set of prints, when printing multiple sets of pages.

Output - Offset
Only when the finisher unit has been setup, select to shift the next position
of each set of print out back and forth when printing multi set of copies.

Output - Skip Blank Page


Does not print the blank pages.

2
Reminder
Blank pages might be printed out even if this is set, depending on the
data in the document.
The [Skip Blank Page] cannot be set in the following cases:
- [Combination] is available in [Setup] or [Special Functions] tab.

Output - User Authentication/Account Track


Sets the User Authentication mode/Account Track.

IC-203 8-30
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8

!
Detail
Contact your administrator about User Authentication/Account Track.
When the [User Authentication/Account Track] is clicked, the [User Authen-
tication/Account Track] dialog appears.

IC-203 8-31
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
User Authentication
Selects to use the User Authentication mode.

Public User Select when you access as Public user to the print control-
ler.

Recipient User Select when you access as Recipient user to the print con-
troller.

User Name Enter the Recipient User Name when the [Recipient User] is
selected.

Password Enter the Recipient Password when the [Recipient User] is


selected.

Account Track
Select to use the Account Track mode.

Department Name Enter the Department Name.

Password Enter the password.

!
Detail
Refer to the Copiers Users Guide for more information about User Au-
thentication and Account Track.

IC-203 8-32
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.11 Per Page Setting tab
You can select several cover settings such as a front and back covers and
PI cover sheet. Also, the Chapter setting and Per Page Setting are available.
In the Per Page Setting, you can specify several settings for each page such
as one-sided or double-sided, from which tray each paper is fed, how to sta-
ple and punch,...etc.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Front Cover Page


Sets a front cover type.
- When the [Blank] is selected, a blank sheet is inserted before the 1st
page.
- When the [Printed] is selected, the 1st page of the document is printed
with the specified sheet as the front cover.

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD

Front Cover - Off Front Cover Front Cover


- Blank - Printed

IC-203 8-33
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
The [Front Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Collate] is not available in the [Setup] tab.

Front Cover Page - Paper Source


Specifies the paper tray for the front cover.

Back Cover Page


Sets a back cover type.
- When the [Blank] is selected, a blank sheet is inserted after the last page.
- When the [Printed] is selected, the last page of the document is printed
with the specified sheet as the back cover.

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD

Back Cover - Off Back Cover Back Cover


- Blank - Printed

Back Cover Page - Paper Source


Specifies the paper tray for the back cover.

PI Cover Sheet - PI Front Cover


Sets a front cover for which the paper is from the PI Tray 1 or PI Tray 2.
The [PI Cover Sheet] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Cover Sheet Feeder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

PI Cover Sheet - PI Back Cover


Sets a back cover for which the paper is from the PI Tray 1 or PI Tray 2.
The [PI Cover Sheet] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Cover Sheet Feeder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

IC-203 8-34
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Chapter - Page Number
For the PCL printer driver, print a specific page so that it comes on the front,
when printing on [Duplex] or [Booklet].
Multiple page numbers can be entered. When entering multiple page num-
bers, use commas to separate them as in the following example: [2,4,6]. A
range can be specified with a hyphen as in the following example: [6-10].

Regular duplex printing

A specified page

Duplex printing when edited by chapter function.


If a page specified as an opening page of a
chapter comes to a back side, insert a blank
page to shift the location of the specified page
to the front side of the next paper.

The example is long-side folded, but duplex printing can


also be done with short-side folded documents.

Regular pamphlet printing.

Example: page 4 is the opening


page of a chapter function.

Pamphlet printing when edited


by chapter.

If a page specified as an opening


page of a chapter does not come
Page 1 is printed to the front side, a blank page is
This is the front side inserted, and the specified page
will slide to the front side of the
A specified page next paper.

The [Chapter] cannot be set in the following cases:


- The [Single-Sided] is selected in the [Setup] tab - [Print Type].
- When the [Fold] check box is ON in [Special Functions] tab.

IC-203 8-35
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Per Page Setting
Sets the specified pages to change [Print Type], [Paper Source], [Staple]
and/or [Hole-Punch] settings and to use Tab Paper.

Per Page Setting - List Name


Each Per Page Setting can be saved as a list.
Selects the list name from the list.

Per Page Setting - Edit List Name


Changes the list name.
When click this button, the [Edit List Name] dialog appears.

- List Name: Enter the list name.

Per Page Setting - Staple Settings


Sets to use staple in the Per Page Settings.
When click this button, the [Staple Settings] dialog appears.

- Staple: Sets the number of stapling.

IC-203 8-36
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Per Page Setting - Add
Add Per Page Setting.
When click this button, the [Per Page Setting] dialog appears.

Page Number Enters the page number (1 to 9999) which you want to set in the
Per Page Settings. Multiple page numbers can be entered. When
entering multiple page numbers, use commas to separate them as
in this example: [2,4,6]. A range can be specified with a hyphen as
in this example: [6-10].

Print Type: As a print type of the Per Page Settings, specify either [Insert Blank
Sheet], [Print (Single-Sided)] or [Print (Double-Sided)].

Paper Source: Specifies the paper feed tray to be used in the Per Page Settings.
Selecting [Same as Body] sets the same one as that set in [Paper
source] of the [Setup] tab.

Staple: A setting is made to decide if the Per Page Settings are stapled or
not. When [Same as Body] is selected, the setting is the same one
as that set in [Staple] of the [Setup] tab.

Finish Stapling Specifies the last page to be stapled.

Use Tab Paper Checks this when using the Tab paper. This can not be set when
[Same as Body] is selected in the [Paper Source] of the [Per Page
Setting] dialog.

Text on Tab Enters the text to be printed on the Tab paper.

IC-203 8-37
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Details When this button is clicked, the [Tab Text Details] dialog appears.
You can configure the orientation, position, font name, font type,
and font size.

Tab Text Set the orientation and position


of the tab text.

Font Settings Set the font, font style and size


of the tab text.

Tab position Selects the tab position.

!
Detail
In [Page Number], up to 26 Page Numbers can be set.

Per Page Setting - Edit


Edits Per Page Setting.
When select the Per Page Setting from the list and click this button, the [Per
Page Setting] dialog mentioned above appears.

Per Page Setting - Delete


Deletes Per Page Setting.
When select the Per Page Setting from the list and click this button, the se-
lected setting is deleted.

IC-203 8-38
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Per Page Setting - Tab Paper Settings
By clicking the [Tab Paper Settings], the [Tab Paper Settings] window is dis-
played.
In the [Tab Paper Settings] Window, header characters and other details can
be set for the tab sheet.

Paper - Size Select the tab paper size.

Number of Tabs Select the number of tabs.

Position Adjustment - Space Set the top space above the first tab.
Above

Position Adjustment - Space Be- Set the top space under the last tab.
low

Position Adjustment - Gap Set the space between each tab.

Position Adjustment - Text Posi- Set the text position in each tab.
tion

IC-203 8-39
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.12 Special Functions tab
Configures the special functions of the print controller.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

IC-203 8-40
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Special Functions - Combination (No Reduction)
[2 in 1], [2 Repeat] or [2 Repeat Reversal] setting is available which prints out
two page data on one sheet of paper. Two page data is printed out on a
sheet of paper twice as large as the selected size of paper.

Example: 2 A4 size papers are aggregated on 1 A3 size paper.

2 in 1

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

1 2 1 2
2 Repeat

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

1 2 1 1
ABCD ABCD

2 2
2 Repeat Reversal (L)

ABCD ABCD 1 ABCD

1 2 ABCD 1
2 Repeat Reversal (R)

ABCD ABCD ABCD 1


1 2 1 ABCD

[Combination (No Reduction)] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Chapter] is available in the [Per Page Setting] tab
- When the [Skip Blank Pages] is selected in the [Setup] tab

IC-203 8-41
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Special Functions - Fold
Various ways of the folding can be setup.

Multi-Half Fold

Multi-Letter Fold in

Multi-Letter Fold Out

Z-Fold

The [Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Chapter] is available in the [Per Page Setting] tab
The setting of [Fold] is available when the following unit is installed.

Punch Z-Fold Unit FS-604

Multi-Half Fold o

Multi-Letter Fold (In/Out) o

Z-Fold o

Special Functions - Trim


Cuts the edges of the output paper.
The [Trim] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When [Trimmer] is not available in [Options] tab.

Special Functions - Image Shift (Extension)


Adjusts the details of the printing position to the output paper.

IC-203 8-42
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Settings
When click this button, the [Image Shift Settings] dialog appears.

Switch Setup It specifies whether the Image Shift sets up by the driver
side or the printer side.

Front Side Set the shift amount for the front side.

Back Side Set the shift amount for the back side.

Outside Offset [Outside Offset] is a function to adjust so that the print


image is shifted toward the outside as the pages ad-
vance, according to the thickness of the folded booklet
when the [Booklet] has been set up.

Back Side Auto Setup Set the amount of the back side as that of front side.

Divide Output
Repeats to staple for every number of pages specified.
The [Divide Output] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When [Staple] is not available in the [Setup] tab.

Page per Section


When the [Divide Output] is selected, you can set the number of pages for
repeating the function.

Adhesive Binding
Selects when doing adhesive binding using an adhesive binder.
The [Adhesive Binding] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When an item other than [Double-Sided] is selected in the [Setup] tab -
[Print Type].

IC-203 8-43
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Tandem Mode
Using two printing systems (master copier and sub copier), prints can be
made at the same time under the same printing conditions. When printing a
large number of copies, time required to complete the job can be shortened.
When either one of the two copiers is equipped with a print controller, tan-
dem printing can be performed. When both of the copiers are equipped with
a print controller, the copier which receives the printing job instruction func-
tions as the master copier and the other one is the sub copier.
For the tandem printing, the two copiers should be connected by either
method as follows.
- Connect the two copiers directly with a cross cable. In this case, the net-
work functions cannot be used.
- Connect them with a straight cable via HUB.

2
Note
Use a cross cable or straight cable higher than the category type 5.
Tandem printing should only be set up by your authorized service repre-
sentative.
Refer to the Users Guide (POD Administrators reference) for more in-
formation about Tandem Mode.

Sub copier

Master copier

Tandem Mode cannot be set in the following cases:


- When [Transparency Interleave] is selected.
- When [Enhanced Security] is set to ON.

IC-203 8-44
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.13 Overlay tab
Performs settings related to Symbol, Shade, Size, and Position of Form
Overlay.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Overlay - None
Selects to print without Overlay.

Overlay - Print Overlay


Selects to print all pages of the document with specified Overlay.

Check Before Printing


Sets to display a dialog for confirmation before printing with Overlay to be
displayed.

Overlay - Create Overlay


To prepare overlay, turn ON the [Create Overlay], click the [Browse Files] and
specify where to save the overlay file.

Delete Overlay FIle


Deletes Overlay previously created.

IC-203 8-45
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Folder
Displays the location of the selected Overlay file.

File Name
Displays the file name of the selected Overlay.

Browse File
When you click [Browse File], the [Print Overlay File] dialog box will appear.
Select a suitable kmf file for the overlay from your systems directories and
click [OK] to load the kmf file.

To create overlay
For creating overlays, perform the following procedure.

1 Create an overlay with the application in use.

2 Select [Print] from the [File] menu.


The selected menu may differ depending on the application used.

3 Select [KONICA MINOLTA 920 PCL].

4 Click [Properties].

5 Click [Overlay] tab.

6 Select [Create Overlay] and click [Browse Files].

7 Input the file name in the [File Name].


Use kmf as the extension.

8 Click [Save].
The [Create Overlay] dialog box closes.

9 Click [OK] to create the overlay.


The [Properties] dialog box closes.

10 Click [OK] and create the overlay.


The overlay data is stored.

IC-203 8-46
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Overlay Printing Procedure
When printing overlays, perform the following procedure.

1 Select [Print] from the [File] menu.


The selected menu may differ depending on the application used.

2 Select [KONICA MINOLTA 920 PCL].

3 Click [Properties].

4 Click [Overlay] tab.

5 Click [Print Overlay] and select file to be printed from list.

6 Click [OK].
The [Properties] dialog box closes.

7 Click [OK] and print the overlay.


Select [Overlay], [None] after printing has been completed.
Along with the overlay data the document to be printed is printed on
top of the overlay data.

IC-203 8-47
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.14 Watermark tab
Performs settings related to definitions of Watermark.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Watermark
This check box is ON, Watermark function is available.

Watermark - Pull down menu


By clicking the [], watermark list appears.

IC-203 8-48
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Watermark - Edit
By clicking the [Edit], [Edit Watermark] window appears.

Add
When the [Add] is clicked, blank appears in the [Current Watermark].
Input the new watermark text in the [Watermark Text], new watermark text
appears in the [Current Watermark].

Delete
Clicks this to delete the current watermark.

Watermark Text
Selects the text to be printed as a watermark from the list shown by clicking
the [].

Font Settings - Font Name


You can select only one font per watermark from the list shown by clicking
the [].

Font Settings - Style


You can select style from the list shown by clicking the [].
- When [Regular] is selected, normal formatting will be applied to your se-
lected watermark text.
- When [Bold] is selected, bold formatting will be applied to your selected
watermark text.
- When [Italic] is selected, italic formatting will be applied to your selected
watermark text.
- When [Bold Italic] is selected, bold italic formatting will be applied to your
selected watermark text.

IC-203 8-49
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Font Settings - Size
Selects a point size for the font to be used in your watermark by clicking the
[] or [] or by entering the size from the keyboard directly.

Text Angle - Degrees


Controls the lean angle of the watermark by sliding this control bar back
and forth or by typing a number in the text value box from -90 degrees to 90
degrees.

Position
Controls the position of the watermark on the page by using the vertical and
horizontal slider.

Center
Returns the position of the Current Watermark to the center of the paper.

Text Density
You can control the density of the watermark text with this slider. If you
slide this to the right, the density of the watermark text will be darker. If you
slide this to the left, it will be lighter.

Watermark - Type

Overwrite
Prints the Watermark on top of the document text. The printed text under the
Watermark will be obscured.

Transparent
Prints the Watermark transparently on the top of the document text.

Watermark - 1st Page Only


Checks to print the Watermark on the first page only.

Date/Time - Page to Print


Specifies the pages to print the date and time.
All pages: Date/Time is printed in the all pages.
Front Cover Only: Date/Time is printed in the front cover only.

IC-203 8-50
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Page Number - Pages to Print
Specifies the pages to print the page numbers.
All pages: Page number is printed in the all pages.
Not Front Cover: Page number is printed except front cover.
Not Front/Back Cover(s): Page number is printed except front/back cover.

Page Number - Start Page


Specifies the first page to print the page numbers.

Page Number - Starting Number


Specifies the initial page number to print.

Distribution Number Stamping - Type


Specifies the type of the copy number to print.
You can choose either from [Stamp] or [Watermark].

Distribution Number Stamping - Pages to Print


Specifies the pages to print the copy number.
You can choose either from [All Pages] or [1st Page Only].

Distribution Number Stamping - Starting Number


Specifies the initial copy number to print.

IC-203 8-51
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.15 Quality tab
Performs settings related to Halftones, Brightness and Contrast.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Pattern - Fine
The [Fine] prints image with finely detailed pattern (error diffusion).

Pattern - Coarse
The [Coarse] prints image with a coarse pattern (dither algorithm).

Print Density
The print density can be adjusted by the sliding the control bar.

Toner Save
Saves the consumption of toner by controlling printing density.

Draft Print
Prints lightly, which is switable for draft documents.

IC-203 8-52
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Smoothing
Prints the curved section of characters and images smoothly, when this
printing system is used.

Smoothing

- [Type 1] is suitable for printing the diagonal lines of normal characters


and graphics.
- [Type 2] is suitable for printing the curved sections of normal characters.
- [Type 3] is suitable for printing the curved sections of ornamental writings
and fine characters.
- When [None] is selected, no smoothing operation is made.

Print with Black - Text and Graphics


Checking on the [Text and Graphics] allows you to print colored characters
and lines, and graphics clearly in black.

Print with Black - All


Checking on the [All] allows you to print all objects including image data such
as picture image excepting white areas clearly in black.

IC-203 8-53
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.16 Font tab
Performs settings of fonts for printing.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Use Printer Font


This printing system allows you to replace the TrueType fonts with printer
fonts while in printing. It is also possible to transmit detailed information con-
cerning the replacement of fonts.

2
Reminder
The TrueType fonts used to display the Windows screen are sent directly
to the printer for each font data to be handled while in normal printing.
Therefore, the same printing results as displayed on the screen can be
obtained.
When the printer fonts (those contained in the printer) are used, it is pos-
sible to send only character codes to the printer for a high speed printing.
On this occasion, printing may not always be made as displayed on the

IC-203 8-54
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
screen. However, since the quantity of data sent to the printer is smaller,
it is possible to make a high speed printing.

Use Printer Font - TrueType Font Substitution Table


Displays the substitution settings of the True Type Font which is substituted
with the built-in printer fonts.

Use Printer Font - Font Substitution Settings


Selects the printer fonts which substitutes for the highlighted True Type Font.

Download Font Format


Selects the font format to be downloaded to the printer (Outline or BMP).

IC-203 8-55
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.17 Version tab
Checks the printer driver version from the [Properties] window.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 8-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.
Displays the version of the current printer driver.

IC-203 8-56
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.18 Save/Restore Setting
Settings with the printer driver can be saved to be restored as required.

To Save Setting
Current setting can be saved by the following method:

1 Click [Save/Restore Setting] - [Save Current Setting].


[Save Setting] window appears.

2 Input Name and click [OK].


Setting is saved and the name entered is displayed on the [Save/Re-
store Setting] pull down menu.

To restore the setting in storage:


Setting in storage can be restored when required.

1 Click [Save/Restore Setting] to display menu.

2 Select the setting to be restored from the list on display.

IC-203 8-57
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Save Current Setting
When this is selected, the [Save Setting] window appears.

- Name: Enter the file name to save the current printer settings.
- Comment: Enter the information of the current printer settings.
- Browse: Specify the folder where the file will be saved.

Restore Saved Setting


When this is selected, the [Restore Setting] window appears.

- Library: Select the name of the settings.


- Detailed Restore Settings: When this is clicked, the [Detailed Restore
Settings] dialog appears. Select the restore items in the [Detailed Restore
Settings] dialog.

IC-203 8-58
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Edit Library
When this is selected, the [Edit Library] window appears.

- Library: Select the name of the settings.


- Delete: Delete the selected settings from the list above.
- Save Setting File in Library: Click to save the selected settings from the
list.

Detailed Restore Settings


When this is selected, the [Detailed Restore Setting] window appears.

Select the restore items in the [Detailed Restore Settings] dialog.

IC-203 8-59
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
8.19 About View Area
Setting of the printer driver and status of the optional unit can be checked.

To Check the Status of the Optional Unit


Status of the optional unit can be checked by the image.

1 Click [Printer View].

IC-203 8-60
PCL Printer Driver Setting (Windows)
8
Image View
The function set up is displayed on view area. The sample of images is
shown in the following tables.

Image View What is set Image Sample

Paper view Zoom


N-Up
2in1/Booklet
Staple/Punch
Duplex

Printer view Copier main body


/Option
Paper Sources
Output Tray

Icon view Cover/Front Cov-


er Page/Back
Cover Page/
Per Page Setting

Watermark

Secure Print/
Wait Mode

Image Shift

!
Detail
Refer to the HELP for more information about Icon view.

IC-203 8-61
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9

9 PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting


(Windows)
This chapter describes the settings of the PostScript PPD printer driver. For
settings, use the Properties window.

9.1 About Properties window


This chapter explains the setting on the PPD printer driver with Properties
window of Windows XP.
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS.

Operating System Method

Windows 98/Me Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0/2000 Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows XP/Server Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and
2003 Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Proper-
ties].

How to open the printing preference window differs depending on the OS in


use.

Operating System Method

Windows 98/Me Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0 Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Document Defaults].

Windows 2000 Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Printing Preference]

Windows XP/Server Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and
2003 Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Printing
Preference].

IC-203 9-1
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.1.1 Properties window
You have two ways for selecting or changing settings through the printer
driver.

How to setup in the Properties window of the Printers and Faxes win-
dow
Settings made in the [Properties] of the [Printers and Faxes] folder are ap-
plied to print outs from any application.

How to setup with application


Settings can be made in the print dialog indicated by selecting the print com-
mand in the application. In this case, the settings are effective only when the
application is in use.

2
Note
This chapter is described by using the printer window of Windows XP.
The properties window may differ from the window displayed by the
printing command of applications.

IC-203 9-2
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.2 About button
Buttons common to each tab of the [Properties] window are shown below.

Button Function

OK When the [OK] is clicked, all tab settings are saved with the close of the
properties window.

Cancel When the [Cancel] is clicked, all tab settings are cancelled with the
close of the properties window.

Apply When the [Apply] is clicked, the present tab settings are saved. This
button is usefull when you want conduct other settings in other tabs,
and the present tab settings are registered before using other tabs.

IC-203 9-3
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.3 Combination of the function
When you select a function which causes a confliction with the settings al-
ready configured, the message will be displayed.

This is a confirmation message to decide whether to restore the previous set-


tings or keep the settings. When this message is displayed, select [Resolve
all conflicts for me automatically] or [I will resolve the conflict myself]. When
selecting [Resolve all conflicts for me automatically], the previous setting will
be turned OFF.

IC-203 9-4
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.4 General tab
Enables to print a test page.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property
window.

Location
Enters the name of a place where the printer is located. For example, 2nd
floor, Room 101, Domain ABC and so on.

Comment
Enters information about the printer. For example, User: documentation
team, Maintenance: 123-456-789, and so on.

Printing Preference
Displays the property window of the selected printer. You can change the
setting of the printer driver with the property window.

IC-203 9-5
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Print Test Page
Prints a test page of Windows. You can print a test page without using any
application.

2
Note
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 9-6
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.5 Sharing tag
Performs share settings of a printer.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property
window.
By using this [Sharing] tab, you can make the printer available to network us-
ers.

2
Note
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 9-7
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.6 Ports tab
Performs settings related to ports.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property
window.

Add Port
Using this button enables you to add a new port for Vendor-specific port
monitor, TCP/IP or Unix printers (using the LPR port), and so on.

Delete Port
Deletes the selected port from above list.

Configure Port
Using this button enables you to configure the selected port from above list.

Enable bidirectional support


Gets the status information from the print device.

IC-203 9-8
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Enable printer pooling
Enables printing to two or more identical print devices by using one logical
printer.

2
Note
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 9-9
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.7 Advanced tab
Performs settings regarding drivers, port time out and spooling.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property
window.

Always available / Available from


Configures how many hours the printer is available. You can choose from 24
hours or specified hours.

Priority
Configures the priority of the current setting.

Driver
Displays the installed printer driver name.

New Driver
Clicks to install a new or updated printer driver.

IC-203 9-10
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster
Sets to spool the documents before printing.

Print directly to the printer


Sets to print without spooling.

Hold mismatched documents


Sets to hold the document which does not match to the printer setup.

Print spooled documents first


Sets to print the spooled document irrespective of a priority settings.

Keep printed documents


Sets to hold the spooled data of the documents after printing.

Enable advanced printing features


Enables the advanced printing features.

2
Note
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 9-11
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.8 Security tab
Perform settings for the security.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property
window.

2
Note
For more information about Security tab, refer to the manual of the Win-
dows.

IC-203 9-12
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.9 Device Settings tab
Performs settings of PostScript and the options of the printer.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the Property
window.

From To Tray Assignment


Selects the paper size to print for every Tray.

Document size that can be selected

11 x 17 Wide

16K

5 1/2 x 8 1/2 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Tab

8 1/2 x 11 Wide

8 1/2 x 13

8 1/4 x 13

8 1/8 x 13 1/4

IC-203 9-13
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Document size that can be selected

8K

8 x 13

A3

A3 Wide

A4

A4 Tab

A4 Wide

A5

A5 Wide

A6

B4

B4 Wide

B5

B5 Wide

B6

Legal

Letter

Statement

Tabloid

Font Substitution Table


Selects to substitute with printer fonts for the True Type Font or Dont Sub-
stitute.

Available PostScript Memory


Displays the available PostScript memory. For more information, refer to the
Adobe PS Users Guide.

Output Protocol
Selects the output protocol. For more information, refer to the Adobe PS Us-
ers Guide.

Send CTRL-D Before Each Job


Selects to send a [Ctrl-D] signal to the printer to notify before the print job or
not to send. For more information, refer to the Adobe PS Users Guide.

IC-203 9-14
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Send CTRL-D After Each Job
Selects to send a [Ctrl-D] signal to the printer to notify before the print job or
not to send. For more information, refer to the Adobe PS Users Guide.

Convert Gray Text to PostScript Gray


Set up whether to convert the gray text in the document to PotScript gray.
Refer to the Adobe PS Users Guide.

Convert Gray Graphics to PostScript Gray


Set up whether to convert the gray graphics in the document to PostScript
gray. Refer to the Adobe PS Users Guide.

Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts


Set whether to add the Euro currency symbol to the PostScript font. Refer to
the Adobe PS Users Guide.

Job Timeout
Specifies a maximum length of time in seconds available for the printer to
complete a single print job. For more information, refer to the users guide of
the Adobe PostScript 3.

Wait Timeout
Specifies a maximum length of time in seconds during which the printer
waits for print data to be fed in from the computer during the printing proc-
ess. For more information, refer to the Adobe PS Users Guide.

Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline


Specifies a minimum font size to download as outline. For more information,
refer to the Adobe PS Users Guide.

Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap


Specifies a maximum font size to download as bitmap. For more information,
refer to the Adobe PS Users Guide.

IC-203 9-15
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Installable Option
In this printing system, the following options are installable.

Printer memory 256 MB/512 MB

Finisher None / FS-509/FS-516 / FS-604

Punch Z-Fold Unit None/ZU-601(4 Holes)/ZU-602(2 Holes)/


ZU-602(2/3 Holes)/ZU-602(2/4 Holes)/PK-
503(2 Holes)/PK-504(4 Holes)/PK-505(2/3
Holes)/PK-505(2/4 Holes)/ZU-601+PK-
504(4 Holes)/ZU-602+PK-503(2 Holes)/ZU-
602+PK-505(2/3 Holes)/ZU-602+PK-
505(2/4 Holes)

Cover Sheet Feeder None/PI-501

Trimmer TU-501

Paper Source None/LU-403/LU-404

IC-203 9-16
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.10 Layout tab
Performs settings of the layout.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Orientation
Sets the orientation to output paper in [Portrait], [Landscape] or [Rotated
Landscape].

Page Order
Selects the output order.
[Front to Back] outputs paper starting with the first page.
[Back to Front] outputs paper starting with the last page.

IC-203 9-17
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Pages Per Sheet
Allocates a document of 1 page, 2 pages, 4 pages, 6 pages, 9 pages or 16
pages onto a single page for printing. The allocated pages are automatically
reduced for printing based on the printable area of the output paper.

2 in 1 4 in 1 6 in 1
ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD
ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

9 in 1 16 in 1

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

Advanced
Opens the [KONICA MINOLTA 920 PS(P) Advanced Options] window. For
more information, refer to "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-21.

IC-203 9-18
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.11 Paper/Quality tab
Performs settings of the paper and quality.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Paper Source
Selects and set the paper tray to be used from the list. When the [Automati-
cally Select] is set, the printer automatically selects and prints from a suitable
paper tray.

Feed Tray paper size that can be used.

Tray 1 to Tray 3 11 x 17 Wide/16K/5 1/2 x 8 1/2Wide/8 1/2 x 11 Tab/8 1/2 x 11


Wide/8 1/2 x 13/8 1/4 x 13/8 1/8 x 13 1/4/8K/8 x 13/A3/A3
LCT (LU-403/LU-404), Wide/A4/A4 Tab/A4 Wide/A5/A5 Wide/A6/B4/B4 Wide/B5/B5
Manual Feed Wide/B6/Legal/Statement/Tabloid

IC-203 9-19
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Media
Selects the type of paper as the output paper as shown below.

Types of paper that can be selected.

No Setting

Plain Paper

Thick 1 This is set when printing coated paper such


as pamphlet.

Thick 2 This is set when printing thick paper such


as a post card.

Fine This is set when printing fine paper such as


memo paper.

User This is set when printing the user specified


paper set on the copier.

Blank Insert This is set when printing blank paper such


as cover sheet.

Thin This is set when printing thin paper.

Trace This is set when printing trace paper.

Recycled This is set when printing recycled paper.

Label This is set when printing the paper such as


label.

Transparency This is set when printing OHP sheet.

Exclusive A - M This is set when printing the exclusive pa-


per.

The [Transparency] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When any item other than [OFF] is selected for the [Advanced Options] -
[Duplex], [Fold], [Staple], [Punch], [Combination], [Front Cover Page],
[Back Cover Page].

Advanced
Opens the [KONICA MINOLTA 920 PS(P) Advanced Options] window. For
more information, refer to "Advanced Options windows" on Page 9-21.

IC-203 9-20
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
9.12 Advanced Options windows
Performs advanced settings of the printer.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 9-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Paper/Output - Paper Size


You can select a paper size from the list shown by clicking [].

Document size that can be selected

11 x 17 Wide

16K

5 1/2 x 8 1/2 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Tab

8 1/2 x 11 Wide

8 1/2 x 13

8 1/4 x 13

8 1/8 x 13 1/4

8K

IC-203 9-21
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Document size that can be selected

8 x 13

A3

A3 Wide

A4

A4 Tab

A4 Wide

A5

A5 Wide

A6

B4

B4 Wide

B5

B5 Wide

B6

Japanese Postcard

Legal

Letter

Statement

Tabloid

2
Note
The paper with Wide at the end of the document size represents Wide
paper.

Paper/Output - Copy Count


Sets the number of copies to be printed.

Paper/Output - Copy Count - Collate


Prints the first one set of copies in one lot, and then the second set of copies,
the third set of copies, ...., when printing multiple sets of pages.

Graphic - Scaling
Prints by specifying the enlargement or reduction ratio in the range from 1%
to 1000%.

IC-203 9-22
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Graphic - True Type Font
Selects to substitute with printer fonts for the True Type Font or to download
as Softfont.

Document Options - Advanced Printing Features


Refer to the Adobe PS Users Guide.

Document Options - PostScript Options


Refer to the Adobe PS Users Guide.

Document Options - Printer Features

Offset
Selects to shift the exit position of each set of print out back and forth when
printing multi set of copies.

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD

Offset Copies

Print Position
Selects the print position. [Top] print using the top of the paper. [Center] print
using the center of the paper. [Bottom] print using the bottom of the paper.

Paper Color
Selects the colors of the output paper as shown below:
- No Setting
- White
- Clear
- Yellow
- Pink
- Blue
- Green

Pre-Punched Paper
Selects whether the paper as the output paper is pre-punched or not.

IC-203 9-23
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Output Tray
Selects the output tray.
The [Output Tray] cannot be set in the following cases:
- Available option which is not selected in the [Device Settings] tab.
- When [Staple] is available, any item other than [Auto] and [Main Tray] can
not be set.

Output Order
Selects the output order.
[Face Down] outputs paper with the printed side facing down.
[Face Up] outputs paper with the printed side facing up.

Image order
Selects the printing order of documents.
[1 to N] outputs the first page.
[N to 1] outputs the last page.

Binding Position
Sets the binding position for the document to be printed. The position select-
ed here will be the position of stapling, punching and base position of the im-
age shift.

Duplex
Prints documents on both front and back sides.
The [Duplex] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Transparency] is selected in the [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]

IC-203 9-24
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Combination
Prints a document of 2 pages onto a single paper twice as big as a paper se-
lected in the output paper.

Example: 2 A4 size papers are aggregated on 1 A3 size paper. Booklet

2 in 1

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

1 2 1 2
2 Repeat

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

1 2 1 1
ABCD ABCD

2 2
2 Repeat Reversal (L)

ABCD ABCD 1 ABCD

1 2 ABCD 1
2 Repeat Reversal (R)

ABCD ABCD ABCD 1


1 2 1 ABCD

IC-203 9-25
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Staple
Staples output paper. The number of staplings and their positions can be set.
The selectable position will be changed according with the [Binding] setting.

1 Staple /Left Binding 1 Staple /Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

2 Staples /Left Binding 2 Staples /Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

1 Staple /Top Binding 2 Staples /Top Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

The [Staple] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Finisher] is not available in the [Device Settings] tab - [Install-
able Options]
- When the [Transparency] is selected in the [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]
- When the [Auto] or [Main Tray] is not selected in the [Output Tray].
- When any item other than [Z-fold] is selected in the [Fold].

IC-203 9-26
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Punch
The output paper can be set to be punched with 2 holes,3 holes or 4 holes.
Punch holes which can be specified vary depending on the destinations.
- USA: Either 2 or 3 holes can be specified.
- Others: Either 2 or 4 holes can be specified.
The position will be changed according with the [Binding Position] setting.

2 Holes / Left Binding 2 Holes / Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

2 Holes / Left Binding 2 Holes / Right Binding


(Landscape) (Landscape)
ABCDEF ABCDEF

2 Holes / Top Binding 2 Holes / Top Binding


(Portrait) (Landscape)
ABCD
ABCDEF

The [Punch] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Punch Z-Fold Unit] is not available in the [Device Settings] tab
- [Installable Options]
- When the other than [Z-fold] is selected in the [Fold].

IC-203 9-27
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Fold
Various ways of the folding can be setup.

Z-Fold

Center Staple and Fold

Multi-Letter Fold in

Multi-Letter Fold Out

Multi-Half Fold

The [Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Transparency] is selected in the [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Staple], [Punch], only
[Z-fold] can be selected.
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Front Cover Page],
[Back Cover Page], [PI-Front Cover] and [PI-Back Cover].
The setting of [Fold] is available when the following unit is installed.

Punch Z-Fold Unit FS-604

Z-Fold o

Multi-Letter Fold (In/Out) o

Multi-Half Fold o

Image Shift
Adjusts the details of the printing position to the output paper.

IC-203 9-28
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Front Cover Page
Sets a front cover type.
When the [Blank] is selected, a blank sheet is inserted before the 1st page.
When the [Printed] is selected, the 1st page of the document is printed with
the specified sheet as the front cover.

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD

Front Cover - Off Front Cover Front Cover


- Blank - Printed

The [Front Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Transparency] is selected in the [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]
- When any item other than [Off] or [Z-Fold] is selected for the [Fold].

Paper Tray (Front Cover Page)


Specifies the paper tray for the front cover.

Back Cover Page


Sets a back cover type.
When the [Blank] is selected, a blank sheet is inserted after the last page.
When the [Printed] is selected, the last page of the document is printed with
the specified sheet as the back cover.

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD

Back Cover - Off Back Cover Back Cover


- Blank - Printed

The [Back Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Transparency] is selected in the [Paper/Quality] tab - [Media]
- When any item other than [Off] or [Z-Fold] is selected for the [Fold].

IC-203 9-29
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Paper Tray (Back Cover Page)
Specifies the paper tray for the back cover.

PI Front Cover
Sets a front cover for which the paper is from the [PI Tray 1] or [PI Tray 2].
The [PI Front Cover] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Cover Sheet Feeder] is not selected in the [Device Settings]
tab - [Installable Options]
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

PI Back Cover
Sets a back cover for which the paper is from the [PI Tray 1] or [PI Tray 2].
The [PI Back Cover] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Cover Sheet Feeder] is not selected in the [Device Settings]
tab - [Installable Options]
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold Stitch Trim].

Transparency Interleave
Set this item when using the transparency interleave as the paper.
Select either [Printed] or [Blank].

Printed This is set when inserting the printed interleaf for the
transparent sheet.

Blank This is set when inserting the blank interleaf for the trans-
parent sheet.

Paper Tray (Transparency Interleave)


Uses to select the paper tray for Transparency Interleave.
Paper Tray (Transparency Interleave) cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Transparency] is not selected in the [Paper/Quality] tab - [Me-
dia]
- When the [Paper Sources] is not selected in the [Device Settings] tab -
[Installable Options]

IC-203 9-30
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Wait Mode
Outputs the test print and checks the current setting from the control panel
of copier. Use this when printing a large volume document, such as multiple
sets of pages.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open the [Print-


ing Preferences] window and then
click [Advanced].

3 Click [] besides the [Wait Mode] to display the list. Then select [Wait
Mode] or [Proof and Print] and click [OK] to close the [Advanced Op-
tions] window.
Select [Wait Mode] to wait before printing the document to check
the current setting from the control panel of copier.
Select [Proof and Print] to print the one copy as a test to check the
output and the current setting from the control panel of copier.

4 Click [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences].

5 Click [Print] to perform printing from the application.


When the [Wait Mode] is selected, it stops without being printed.
When the [Proof and Print] is selected, only one set is printed and it
stops.
On the copier's control panel, the Mode Check screen appears.

6 In case of [Proof and Print], [Proof Stop] blinks on the left above the
copier touch panel screen. Press [Proof Stop].
Mode Check screen appears on the control panel of copier.

IC-203 9-31
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
7 Confirm the current settings.
If you do not change any set-
ting, proceed to the step 10.

8 If necessary, press the [Change] to change settings.

9 Change the settings and press the [OK].


The Mode Check screen will be restored.

10 Press [START] to resume the rest of the print job.

Smoothing
Prints the curved section of characters and images smoothly, when this
printing system is used.

Smoothing

- [Type1] is suitable for printing the diagonal lines of normal characters and
graphics.
- [Type2] is suitable for printing the curved sections of normal characters.
- [Type3] is suitable for printing the curved sections of ornamental writings
and fine characters.
- When [Off] is selected, no smoothing operation is made.

IC-203 9-32
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Print Density
Selects the printing density.

Item Print density Feature

Normal 100% Print with normal density.

Heavy 102% You can adjust printing density while maintaining


print quality.
Light 1 98%

Light 2 96%

Light 3 90%

Light 4 80%

Light 5 70%

Toner Save 95% Reduce toner consumption.

Draft Print 90% Data other than characters are roughly printed.

Date/Time
Specify the pages to print the date and time.
All pages: Date/Time is printed in all the pages.
Front Cover Only: Date/Time is printed in the 1st page only.

IC-203 9-33
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Windows)
9
Tandem Mode
Using two printing systems (master copier and sub copier), prints can be
made at the same time under the same printing conditions. When printing a
large number of copies, time required to complete the job can be shortened.
When either one of the two copiers is equipped with a print controller, tan-
dem printing can be performed. When both of the copiers are equipped with
a print controller, the copier which receives the printing job instruction func-
tions as the master copier and the other one is the sub copier.
For the tandem printing, the two copiers should be connected by either
method as follows.
- Connect the two copiers directly with a cross cable. In this case, the net-
work functions cannot be used.
- Connect them with a straight cable via HUB.

2
Note
Use a cross cable or straight cable higher than the category type 5.
Tandem printing should only be set up by your authorized service repre-
sentative.
Refer to the Users Guide (POD Administrators reference) for more in-
formation about Tandem Mode.

Sub copier

Master copier

Tandem Mode cannot be set in the following cases:


- When [Transparency Interleave] is selected.

IC-203 9-34
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10

10 KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver set-


ting (Windows)
This chapter describes the settings of the KONICA MINOLTA PS printer driv-
er. For settings, use the Properties window.

2
Note
About how to get the optional KONICA MINOLTA PS driver, contact your
service representative.

10.1 About Properties window


This chapter explains the KONICA MINOLTA PS printer driver settings with
Properties window of Windows XP.
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS.

Operating System Method

Windows 98/Me Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0/2000 Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows XP/Server Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and
2003 Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Proper-
ties].

How to open the printing preference window differs depending on the OS in


use.

Operating System Method

Windows 98/Me Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Properties].

Windows NT4.0 Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Document Defaults].

Windows 2000 Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers] to open the [Printers] folder,


right-click the printer icon and select [Printing Preference].

Windows XP/Server Select [Start]-[Printers and Faxes] to open the [Printers and
2003 Faxes] folder, right-click the printer icon and select [Printing
Preference].

IC-203 10-1
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.1.1 Properties window
You have two ways for selecting or changing settings through the printer
driver.

How to setup in the Properties window of the Printers and Faxes win-
dow
Settings made in the [Properties] of the [Printers and Faxes] folder are ap-
plied to print outs from any application.

How to setup with application


Settings can be made in the print dialog indicated by selecting the print com-
mand in the application. In this case, the settings are effective only when the
application is in use.

2
Note
This chapter is described by using the printer window of Windows XP.
The properties window may differ from the window displayed by the
printing command of applications.

IC-203 10-2
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.2 About button
Buttons common to each tab of the [Properties] window are shown below.

Button Function

OK When the [OK] is clicked, all tab settings are saved with the close of the
properties window.

Cancel When the [Cancel] is clicked, all tab settings are cancelled with the
close of the properties window.

Apply When the [Apply] is clicked, the present tab settings are saved. This
button is usefull when you want conduct other settings in other tabs,
and the present tab settings are registered before using other tabs.

IC-203 10-3
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.3 Combination of the function
When you select a function which causes a confliction with the settings al-
ready configured, the message will be displayed.

This is a confirmation message to decide which setting will be turned off.


When this message is displayed, select [OK] or [Cancel]. In case of [OK], the
conflict setting will be turned OFF.

IC-203 10-4
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.4 General tab
Enables printing a test page.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the Proper-
ty window.

Location
Enters the name of a place where the printer is located. For example, 2nd
floor, Room 101, Domain ABC and so on.

Comment
Enters information about the printer. For example, User: documentation
team, Maintenance: 123-456-789, and so on.

Printing Preference
Displays the property window of the selected printer. You can change the
setting of the printer driver with the property window.

Print Test Page


Prints a test page of Windows. You can print a test page without using any
application.

2
Note
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 10-5
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.5 Sharing tag
Performs share settings of a printer.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the Proper-
ty window.
By using this [Sharing] tab, you can make the printer available to network us-
ers.

2
Note
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 10-6
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.6 Ports tab
Performs settings related to ports.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the Proper-
ty window.

Add Port
Using this button enables you to add a new port for Vendor-specific port
monitor, TCP/IP or Unix printers (using the LPR port), and so on.

Delete Port
Deletes the selected port from above list.

Configure Port
Using this button enables you to configure the selected port from above list.

Enable printer pooling


Enables printing to two or more identical print devices by using one logical
printer.

!
Detail
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 10-7
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.7 Advanced tab
Performs settings regarding drivers, port time out and spooling.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the Proper-
ty window.

Always available / Available from


Configures how many hours the printer is available. You can choose from 24
hours or specified hours.

Priority
Configures the priority of the current setting.

Driver
Displays the installed printer driver name.

New Driver
Clicks to install a new or updated printer driver.

Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster


Sets to spool the documents before printing.

Print directly to the printer


Sets to print without spooling.

IC-203 10-8
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Hold mismatched documents
Sets to hold the document which does not match to the printer setup.

Print spooled documents first


Sets to print the spooled document irrespective of a priority settings.

Keep printed documents


Sets to hold the spooled data of the documents after printing.

Enable advanced printing features


Enables the advanced printing features.

!
Detail
For more information, refer to the manual of the Windows.

IC-203 10-9
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.8 Color Management tab
Performs settings related to color management.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the Proper-
ty window.
It is not used in this printing system.

IC-203 10-10
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.9 Font tab
The [Font] tab sets the font used.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the Proper-
ty window.

Send To Printer As
Selects [Adobe (Type1)], [Bitmap (Type3)], or [TrueType (Type 42)] as the
method of sending TrueType fonts to the printer.

Threshold Units
Selects between [Points], [1/100inch], and [Pixels] as the setting unit for the
threshold.

Threshold
Specifies the threshold in the range from 1 to 3000.

TrueType Font
Displays a list of TrueType fonts installed in the system.

Printer Font to Use


Displays a list of printer fonts. The selected TrueType Fonts is substituted
with the selected Printer Font. When reselecting the printer font, printer fonts
that can be substituted are changed. Click the Default Substitution button to
restore the original substitution relationship.

IC-203 10-11
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Use Printer Fonts For All True Type Fonts
Checking this item substitutes printer fonts for all TrueType fonts for output.

Use Substitution Table


Checking this item to use the TrueType font and printer font substitution ta-
ble.

Default Substitution
Clicking the button to restore the TrueType font and printer font substitution
relationship.

IC-203 10-12
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.10 Option tab
Performs settings of PostScript and the options of the printer.

!
Detail
The method to open the Properties window depends on OS. Refer to
"About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the Proper-
ty window.

Option
In this printing system, the following options are installable.

Paper Source None/ LU-403 / LU-404

Finisher None / FS-509/FS-516 / FS-604

Punch Unit None / PK-503 / PK-504 / PK-505(2/3 Hole


Type) / PK-505(2/4 Hole Type)

Cover Sheet Feeder None / PI-501

Punch Z-Fold Unit None / ZU-601/ZU-602(2 Hole Type) / ZU-


602(2/3 Hole Type) / ZU-602(2/4 Hole Type)

Trimmer None / TU-501

Option Information
By entering the printer name or IP address, option information can be auto-
matically obtained.

Option Information - Printer Name or IP Address


Inputs the printer name or IP Address.

IC-203 10-13
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Option Information - Gather Option Information
Obtains information for options of the printer.

Enhanced Security
By turning ON the [Enhanced Security], you can enter nothing anymore to the
password input field for the following functions so that the password cannot
be transmitted from the printer driver to the printing system through the net-
work:
- Secure Print (page 10-29)
- User Authentication/Account Track (page 10-34)
To print using these functions, you should enter the password on the control
panel of the copier after transmitting the print data. Refer to Users Guide
(Security) for more information.

Scaling linked with Application


If you want to interlock the zoom ratio in the application with the zoom ratio
of the printer driver, check this checkbox.

IC-203 10-14
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.11 Setup tab
Performs basic settings of the printer.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Copies
Sets the number of copies to be printed.

Paper - Orientation
Sets the orientation to output paper in [Portrait] or [Landscape].
The default is [Portrait].

Paper - Original Size


You can select a original size from the list shown by clicking [].

Original size that can be selected

11 x 17

8 1/2 x 14

8 x 13

8 1/2 x 13

8 1/4 x 13

8 1/8 x 13 1/4

IC-203 10-15
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Original size that can be selected

8 1/2 x 11

5 1/2 x 8 1/2

A3

A4

A5

A6

B4

B5

B6

8K

16K

Japanese Postcard

11 x 17 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Wide

5 1/2 x 11 Wide

5 1/2 x 8 1/2 Wide

A3 Wide

A4 Wide

A5 Wide

B4 Wide

B5 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Tab

A4 Tab

Custom Size

2
Note
The paper with Wide at the end of the document size represents Wide
paper.
When [Custom Size] is selected, it is possible to set and register the orig-
inal size.

IC-203 10-16
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Paper - Output Size
You can select a paper size from the list shown by clicking [].

Original size that can be selected

Same as Originals Size

11 x 17

8 1/2 x 14

8 x 13

8 1/2 x 13

8 1/4 x 13

8 1/8 x 13 1/4

8 1/2 x 11

5 1/2 x 8 1/2

A3

A4

A5

A6

B4

B5

B6

8K

16K

Japanese Postcard

11 x 17 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Wide

5 1/2 x 11 Wide

5 1/2 x 8 1/2 Wide

A3 Wide

A4 Wide

A5 Wide

B4 Wide

B5 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Tab

A4 Tab

The default is the Same as Original Size.

IC-203 10-17
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Custom Size Settings
When [Custom Size] is selected from the [Original Size], [Custom Size Set-
tings] dialog appears.

Width Set the width of the selected custom size in the list (1000-
3140 mm).

Length Set the length of the selected custom size in the list for the
current tray (1400-4600 mm).

Unit Select the units for setting [Width] and [Length].

Paper - Paper Sources


Selects and set the paper tray to be used from the list. When [Auto] is set,
the printer automatically selects and prints from a suitable paper tray.

Feed Tray paper size that can be used.

Tray 1 to Tray 3 11 x 17, 8 1/2 x 14, 8 1/2 x 13, 8 1/4 x 13, 8 1/8 x 13 1/4,
8 1/2 x 11, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2, A3, A4, A5, A6, B4, B5, B6, 8K, 16K,
LCT (LU-403/LU-404) / Japanese Postcard, 11 x 17 Wide, 8 1/2 x 11 Wide, 5 1/2 x 8
Manual Feed 1/2 Wide, A3 Wide, A4 Wide, A5 Wide, B4 Wide, B5 Wide,
8 1/2 x 11 Tab, A4 Tab, Custom Size

IC-203 10-18
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Paper Type Settings
When the [Paper Type Settings] is pressed, the [Paper Type Settings] dialog
appears.

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type


When selecting the paper source from the list and [Edit] is pressed, the [Edit
Paper Type] dialog appears.

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Paper Type


Sets various types of paper sizes as the output paper as shown below.

Types of paper that can be selected.

No Setting

Plain Paper

Fine This is set when printing fine paper such as


memo paper.

Thick 1 This is set when printing coated paper such


as pamphlet.

Thick 2 This is set when printing thick paper such


as a post card.

IC-203 10-19
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Types of paper that can be selected.

Thin This is set when printing thin paper.

Recycled This is set when printing recycled paper.

Label This is set when printing the paper such as


label.

Transparency This is set when printing OHP sheet.

Trace This is set when printing trace paper.

User This is set when printing the user specified


paper set on the copier.

Blank Insert This is set when printing blank paper such


as cover sheet.

Exclusive A - M This is set when printing the exclusive pa-


per.

[Transparency] can be used only when [Bypass Tray] is set ON.

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Paper Color


Sets various colors of paper as the output paper as shown below
- No Setting
- White
- Clear
- Yellow
- Pink
- Blue
- Green

Paper Type Settings - Edit Paper Type - Pre-Punched Paper


Sets whether the paper as the output paper is pre-punched or not.

Transparency Interleave
If you use Transparency Interleave as the Paper type, check this checkbox.

IC-203 10-20
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Transparency Interleave - Settings
Set this item when using the transparency interleave as the paper.
Select either [Printed] or [Blank].

2
Note
[Transparency Interleave] can be used only by setting the Paper Source
to [Bypass Tray].

Printed This is set when inserting the printed interleaf for the
transparent sheet.

Blank This is set when inserting the blank interleaf for the trans-
parent sheet.

Paper Source Uses to select the paper tray for Transparency Interleave.

Layout - Normal
Performs the Normal printing without using the Layout function.

IC-203 10-21
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Layout - N-up - Combination
Allocates a document of 1 page, 2 pages, 4 pages, 6 pages, 8 pages, 9 pag-
es or 16 pages onto a single page for printing. The allocated pages are au-
tomatically reduced for printing based on the printable area of the output
paper.

2 in 1 4 in 1 6 in 1
ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD
ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

8 in 1 9 in 1 16 in 1
ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD
ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD


ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

Layout - N-up - Position


Determines a relative print allocating position when a blank space occurs
consequent to the laying out of pages.

Layout - N-up - Border


Determines whether a border is printed between laid out pages and, if it is,
also, the types of the border is selectable. The default is [None (Full Size)].

Layout - N-up - Advanced

Layout - N-up - Advanced - Layout Type


Decides the allocation order of each page.

IC-203 10-22
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Layout - N-up - Advanced - Scale Border
Selecting this marks the borders thinner, and printing area for each page
data becomes wider.

Layout - N-up - Advanced - Size Orientation change handling


Determines the output method when a mixture of pages with different paper
sizes and printing orientations is used.

Layout - Booklet
Produces printouts that can be folded and bound into a booklet.
It is usually used in the [Defaults] condition.

Layout - Booklet - Gutter


When folding paper as a booklet, between 2 pages, specify in the range of 0
to 150 the margin to be set uniformly in dots.

Layout - Booklet - Creep


When folding paper as a booklet, specify in the range of 0 to 20 the page in-
tervals at the center of paper to be broadened in dots to the inside paper.

Layout - Booklet - Bundle Size


Allows you to specify the number of pages to bind into a booklet. The default
[No Limit] allows you to bind all printed sheets into a booklet.

Layout - Booklet - Advanced

IC-203 10-23
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Layout - Booklet - Advanced - Fill Bundles
If [8], [12] or [16] is specified for [Bundle Size] and there are fractional pages,
many blank pages may be generated depending on the number of pages to
be output. In such a case, by keeping the field [Fill Bundles] OFF, 4, the
smallest value, is selected as the [Bundle Size] only for the fractional pages
so that waste blank pages are saved.
[When [Bundle Size] is set to 8 and [Fill Bundles] is OFF]

3 blank pages
k
Blan 9 7

knalB knalB 8
1 2 8 9 1 3 5

2 4 6

A4/B5/A5 A3/B4/A4 A3/B4/A4 A3/B4/A4

[When [Bundle Size] is set to 8 and [Fill Bundles] is ON]

7 blank pages

k k k
Blan Blan Blan 9

knalB knalB knalB knalB


1 2 8 9 1 3 5 7

2 4 6 8

A4/B5/A5 A3/B4/A4 A3/B4/A4 A3/B4/A4 A3/B4/A4

Layout - Booklet - Advanced - Size Orientation change handling


Determines the output method when a mixture of pages with different paper
sizes and printing orientations is used.

Layout - Fit
Enlarges or reduces the paper size by the application to adjust it to the actual
paper size to be printed.

Layout - Scale - Scale Factor


Sets the scaling rate in the range of 25 to 400%.

IC-203 10-24
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Layout - Poster
Selects a method to divide and magnify a page. If you select [Custom], spec-
ify the zoom in ratio at the [Scale Factor].

Poster (3 x 3)

Layout - Poster - Poster Style


Determines how a page is divided for enlargement.

Layout - Poster - Position


This is a fine adjustment to adjust the printing position on the output paper.

Layout - Poster - Scale Factor


When selecting [Poster Style] [Custom], set the scale factor in the range
from 101 to 400%.

Layout - Poster - Advanced

IC-203 10-25
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Layout - Poster - Advanced - Overlap
Determines the amount of overlap for the borders of the divided page from 0
to 150.

Layout - Log/Phys
Prints a different paper size without reducing/enlarging the printing size. This
enables printing of crop marks and shadows corresponding to the original
paper size by using a larger size paper.

Layout - Log/Phys - Border


Determines the usage of crop marks and chooses its size.

Layout - Log/Phys - Position


This is a fine adjustment to adjust the printing position on the output paper.

Binding - Binding Position


Sets the binding position for the document to be printed. The position select-
ed here will be the position of stapling, punching and base position of the im-
age shift.

Binding - Print Type


Selects the print type among Single Sided, Double Sided and Booklet.
Single Side prints on one side of the paper.
Double Side prints on both sides of the paper.
Booklet prints on both sides of the paper and fold them. Booklet prints in or-
der which every folded page appears in their original order when gathered at
the end.
When [Booklet] is selected, [Center Staple and Fold] and [Trim] can be set.

IC-203 10-26
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Binding - Staple
Staples output paper. The number of staplings and their positions can be set.
The selectable position will be changed according with the [Binding Position]
setting.

1 Staple /Left Binding 1 Staple /Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

2 Staples /Left Binding 2 Staples /Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

1 Staple /Top Binding 2 Staples /Top Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

The [Staple] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Finisher] is not available in the [Option] tab.

IC-203 10-27
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Binding - Hole-Punch
The output paper can be set to be punched with 2 holes, 3 holes or 4 holes.
Punch holes which can be specified vary depending on the destinations.
- USA: Either 2 or 3 holes can be specified.
- Others: Either 2 or 4 holes can be specified.
The position will be changed according with the [Binding Position] setting.

2 Holes / Left Binding 2 Holes / Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

2 Holes / Left Binding 2 Holes / Right Binding


(Landscape) (Landscape)
ABCDEF ABCDEF

2 Holes / Top Binding 2 Holes / Top Binding


(Portrait) (Landscape)
ABCD
ABCDEF

The [Hole-Punch] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Punch Unit] or [Punch Z-Fold Unit] is not available in the [Op-
tion] tab.

Binding - Center Staple and Fold


Folds the paper into half and staple at the center of the output paper on the
folded line.
The [Center Staple and Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Booklet] is not available in the [Option] tab - [Print Type].

IC-203 10-28
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Binding - Trim
Cuts the edges of the output paper which is center-folded or saddle stitched.
The [Trim] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Booklet] is not available in the [Option] tab - [Print Type].
- When the [Trimmer] is not available in the [Option] tab.

Output - Output Method - Print


Performs the normal printing.

Output - Output Method - Secure Print


If you print with the Secure Print feature, the printing does not start until you
input the Secure Print ID and the password on the copier's control panel.
To perform the Secure Print, you need to configure the settings for Confiden-
tial output on the copier. For more information on the Confidential output, re-
fer to Users Guide (Network Scanner).

0 The [Secure Print] cannot be set in the following cases:


0 When [Tandem Mode] is available in [Special Functions] tab.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open the [Print-


ing Preferences] window.

3 Select [Secure Print] in the [Output Method].

4 Enter [Secure Print ID] and [Pass-


word].
Secure Print ID: Enter the confi-
dential box name.
Password: Enter the password.

5 Click [OK].

IC-203 10-29
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
6 Click [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

7 Click [Print] to perform printing from the application.

8 Press [Box] on the control panel of copier and select [Recall].

9 Press [Confidential].

10 Select a box and press [OK].


Password Input screen appears.

11 Enter [Password].

12 Press [OK] to close Password Input screen.

13 Select the file to print and press


[>>>].

14 Select [AutoOutput] and press [OK].


Confidential file is printed.

!
Detail
To confirm the settings for Confidential Output, select [WaitOutput] or
[Proof Output], and press [OK].
For more information, refer to Users Guide (Network Scanner).

IC-203 10-30
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Output - Output Method - Save in User Box/Save in User Box and Print
You can store the print job as image data on the copier's internal hard disk
to re-output them when necessary. To output, use the PageScope Job
Spooler or operate on the control panel.
0 For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to PageScope
Job Spooler User's Guide.
0 The [Save in User Box] cannot be set in the following cases:
0 When [Tandem Mode] is available in [Special Functions] tab.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open [Printing


Preferences] window.

3 Select [Save in User Box] or [Save in User Box and Print] in the [Output
Method].
Selecting [Save in User Box] stores the print job on the internal hard
disk.
Selecting [Save in User Box and Print] stores the print job on the in-
ternal hard disk and prints one copy.

4 Enter [File Name] and [User Box


Number] and click [OK].

5 Click [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

6 Click [Print] to perform printing from the application.

IC-203 10-31
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10

!
Detail
To output, use PageScope Job Spooler or operate on the control panel
of copier.
For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to PageScope
Job Spooler User's Guide.
For more information about how to operate on the control panel, refer to
bizhub PRO 920 User's Guide (Network Scanner).

Output - Output Method - Wait Mode/Proof and Print


Outputs the test printing and checks the current setting from the control pan-
el of copier. Use this when printing a large volume document, such as multi-
ple sets of pages.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Click [Properties] to open the [Print-


ing Preferences] window.

3 Select [Wait Mode] or [Proof and Print] in the [Output Method].

4 Click [OK] to close the [Printing Preferences] window.

5 Click [Print] to perform printing from the application.


When [Wait Mode] is selected, it stops without being printed.
When [Proof and Print] is selected, only one set is printed and it
stops.
On the copier's control panel, the Mode Check screen appears.

6 In case of [Proof and Print], [Proof Stop] blinks on the left above the
copier touch panel screen. Press [Proof Stop].
Mode Check screen appears on the control panel of copier.

IC-203 10-32
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
7 Confirm the current settings.
If you do not change any setting,
proceed to the step 10.

8 If necessary, press [Change] to change settings.

9 Change the settings and press [OK].


The Mode Check screen will be restored.

10 Press [START] to resume the rest of the print job.

Output - Output Tray


Sets [Auto], [Main Tray] or [Sub Tray] as [Output Tray].
Each of them can/cannot be set in the following cases:
- [Sub Tray] need to be selected a Finisher on the [Option] tab, respective-
ly.
- When [Staple] is available in [Setup] tab, items other than [Auto] and
[Main Tray] cannot be set.

Output - Output Order


Changes the output order.
[Face Down] outputs paper with the printed side facing down.
[Face Up] outputs paper with the printed side facing up.
(1 to N) means to output paper starting with the first page.
(N to 1) means to output paper starting with the last page.

Output - Collate
Prints the first one set of prints in one lot, and then the second set of prints,
the third set of prints, when printing multiple sets of pages.

Output - Offset
Selects to shift the exit position of each set of print out back and forth when
printing multi set of copies.

IC-203 10-33
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Output - Authentication/Account Track
Sets the Authentication mode/Account Track.

!
Detail
Contact your administrator about Authentication/Account Track.
When the [Authentication/Account Track] is clicked, the [Authentication/Ac-
count Track] dialog appears.

Authentication
Selects to use the Authentication mode.

Public User Select when you access as Public user to the print
controller.

Recipient User Select when you access as Recipient user to the


print controller.

User Name Enter the Recipient User Name when the [Recipient
User] is selected.

Password Enter the Recipient Password when the [Recipient


User] is selected.

IC-203 10-34
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Account Track
Selects to use the Account Track mode.

Department Name Enter the Department Name.

Password Enter the password.

!
Detail
Refer to the Copiers Users Guide for more information about Authen-
tication and Account Track.

IC-203 10-35
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.12 Per Page Setting
You can select several cover settings such as a front and back covers and
PI cover sheet. Also, the Chapter setting and Per Page Setting are available.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Front Cover Page


Sets a front cover type.
When the [Blank] is selected, a blank sheet is inserted before the 1st page.
When the [Printed] is selected, the 1st page of the document is printed with
the specified sheet as the front cover.

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD

Front Cover - Off Front Cover Front Cover


- Blank - Printed

IC-203 10-36
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Front Cover Page - Paper Source
Specifies the paper tray for the front cover.

Back Cover Page


Sets a back cover type.
When the [Blank] is selected, a blank sheet is inserted after the last page.
When the [Printed] is selected, the last page of the document is printed with
the specified sheet as the back cover.

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD

Back Cover - Off Back Cover Back Cover


- Blank - Printed

Back Cover Page - Paper Source


Specifies the paper tray for the back cover.

PI Cover Sheet - PI Front Cover


Sets a front cover for which paper is from the PI Tray 1 or PI Tray 2.
The [PI Cover Sheet] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Cover Sheet Feeder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

PI Cover Sheet - PI Back Cover


Sets a back cover for which paper is from the PI Tray 1 or PI Tray 2.
The [PI Cover Sheet] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Cover Sheet Feeder] is not selected in the [Option] tab.

IC-203 10-37
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Chapter - Page Number
For the KONICA MINOLTA PS printer driver, print a specific page so that it
comes on the front, when printing on [Duplex] or [Booklet].
Multiple page numbers can be entered. When entering multiple page num-
bers, use commas to separate them as in the following example: [2,4,6]. A
range can be specified with a hyphen as in the following example: [6-10].

Regular duplex printing

A specified page

Duplex printing when edited by chapter function.


If a page specified as an opening page of a
chapter comes to a back side, insert a blank
page to shift the location of the specified page
to the front side of the next paper.

The example is long-side folded, but duplex printing can


also be done with short-side folded documents.

Regular pamphlet printing.

Example: page 4 is the opening


page of a chapter function.

Pamphlet printing when edited


by chapter.

If a page specified as an opening


page of a chapter does not come
Page 1 is printed to the front side, a blank page is
This is the front side inserted, and the specified page
will slide to the front side of the
A specified page next paper.

The [Chapter] cannot be set in the following cases:


- The [Single-Sided] is selected in the [Setup] tab - [Print Type].
- When the [Fold] check box is ON in [Special Functions] tab.

IC-203 10-38
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Per Page Setting
Sets the specified pages to change [Print Type], [Paper Source], [Staple]
and/or [Hole-Punch] settings and to use Tab Paper.

Per Page Setting - Save as


Saves the configuration file for Per Page Setting as a new file.

Per Page Setting - Load


Opens the existing configuration file for Per Page Setting.

Per Page Setting - Staple Settings


Sets to use staple in the Per Page Settings.
When click this button, the [Staple Settings] dialog appears.

Staple: Set the number of stapling.

IC-203 10-39
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Per Page Setting - Tab Paper Settings
By clicking the [Tab Paper Settings], the [Tab Paper Settings] window is dis-
played.
In the [Tab Paper Settings] Window, header characters and other details can
be set for the tab sheet.

Paper - Size Select the tab paper size.

Number of Tabs Select the number of tabs.

Position Adjustment - Space Above Set the top space above the first tab.

Position Adjustment - Space Below Set the top space under the last tab.

Position Adjustment - Gap Set the space between each tab.

Position Adjustment - Text Position Set the text position in each tab.

IC-203 10-40
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Per Page Setting - Add
Adds Per Page Setting.
When click this button, the [Per Page Setting] dialog appears.

Page Number Enters the page number (1 to 9999) which you want to set in the
Per Page Settings. Multiple page numbers can be entered. When
entering multiple page numbers, use commas to separate them as
in this example: [2,4,6]. A range can be specified with a hyphen as
in this example: [6-10].

Print Type: As a print type of the Per Page Settings, specify either [Insert Blank
Sheet], [Print (Single-Sided)] or [Print (Double-Sided)].

Paper Source: Specifies the paper feed tray to be used in the Per Page Settings.
Selecting [Same as Body] sets the same one as that set in [Paper
source] of the [Setup] tab.

Staple: A setting is made to decide if the Per Page Settings are stapled or
not. When [Same as Body] is selected, the setting is the same one
as that set in [Staple] of the [Setup] tab.

Finish Stapling Specifies the last page to be stapled.

Use Tab Paper Checks this when using the Tab paper. This can not be set when
[Same as Body] is selected in the [Paper Source] of the [Per Page
Setting] dialog.

Text on Tab Enters the text to be printed on the Tab paper.

IC-203 10-41
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Details When this button is clicked, the [Tab Text Details] dialog appears.
You can configure the orientation, position, font name, font type,
and font size.

Tab Text Set the orientation of the tab


text.

Font Settings Set the font, font style and size


of the tab text.

Tab position Selects the tab position.

!
Detail
In [Page Number], up to 26 Page Numbers can be set.
However, when [Staple] is set in [Per Page Setting], 2 pages are taken up
by 1 Page Number. So, when [Staple] is set all in [Page Number], the
number of the Page Numbers specified is limited only to 13.

Per Page Setting - Edit


Edits Per Page Setting.
When select the Per Page Setting from the list and click this button, the [Per
Page Setting] dialog mentioned above appears.

Per Page Setting - Delete


Deletes Per Page Setting.
When select the Per Page Setting from the list and click this button, the se-
lected setting is deleted.

Per Page Setting - Clear All


Deletes All Per Page Settings from the list.

IC-203 10-42
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.13 Special Functions
Configures the special functions of the print controller.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Date/Time - Page to Print


Specifies the pages to print the date and time.
All pages: Date/Time is printed in the all pages.
Front Cover Only: Date/Time is printed in the front cover only.

Page Number - Pages to Print


Specifies the pages to print the page numbers.
All pages: Page number is printed in the all pages.
Not Front Cover: Page number is printed except front cover.
Not Front-Back Cover: Page number is printed except front/back cover.

Page Number - Start Page


Specifies the first page to print the page numbers.

Page Number - Starting Number


Specifies the initial page number to print.

IC-203 10-43
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Distribution Number Stamping - Type
Specifies the type of the copy number to print.
You can choose either from [Stamp] or [Watermark].

Distribution Number Stamping - Pages to Print


Specifies the pages to print the copy number.
You can choose either from [All Pages] or [1st Page Only].

Distribution Number Stamping - Starting Number


Specifies the initial copy number to print.

Combination (No Reduction)


[2 in 1], [2 repeat] or [2 repeat-reversal] setting is available which prints out
two page data on one sheet of paper. Two page data is printed out on a
sheet of paper twice as large as the selected size of paper.

Example: 2 A4 size papers are aggregated on 1 A3 size paper.

2 in 1

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

1 2 1 2
2 Repeat

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

1 2 1 1
ABCD ABCD

2 2
2 Repeat Reversal (L)

ABCD ABCD 1 ABCD

1 2 ABCD 1
2 Repeat Reversal (R)

ABCD ABCD ABCD 1


1 2 1 ABCD

IC-203 10-44
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Fold
Various ways of the folding can be setup.

Z-Fold

Multi-Letter Fold in

Multi-Letter Fold Out

Multi-Half Fold

The setting of [Fold] is available when the following unit is installed.

Punch Z-Fold Unit FS-604

Z-Fold o

Multi-Letter Fold (In/Out) o

Multi-Half Fold o

Image Shift
Adjusts the details of the printing position to the output paper.

IC-203 10-45
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Image Shift - Settings
When click this button, the [Image Shift Settings] dialog appears.

Switch Setup It specifies whether the Image Shift sets up by the driver
side or the printer side.

Front Side Set the shift amount for the front side.

Back Side Set the shift amount for the back side.

Outside Offset [Outside Offset] is a function to adjust so that the print


image is shifted toward the outside as the pages ad-
vance, according to the thickness of the folded booklet
when the [Booklet] has been set up.

Back Side Auto Setup Set the amount of the back side as that of front side.

Divide Output
Repeats to staple and/or fold for every number of pages specified.

Page per Section


When the [Divide Output] is selected, you can set the number of pages for
repeating the function.

Adhesive Binding
Selects when doing adhesive binding using an adhesive binder.

IC-203 10-46
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Tandem Mode
Using two printing systems (master copier and sub copier), prints can be
made at the same time under the same printing conditions. When printing a
large number of copies, time required to complete the job can be shortened.
When either one of the two copiers is equipped with a print controller, tan-
dem printing can be performed. When both of the copiers are equipped with
a print controller, the copier which receives the printing job instruction func-
tions as the master copier and the other one is the sub copier.
For the tandem printing, the two copiers should be connected by either
method as follows.
- Connect the two copiers directly with a cross cable. In this case, the net-
work functions cannot be used.
- Connect them with a straight cable via HUB.

2
Note
Use a cross cable or straight cable higher than the category type 5.
Tandem printing should only be set up by your authorized service repre-
sentative.
Refer to the Users Guide (POD Administrators reference) for more in-
formation about Tandem Mode.

Sub copier

Master copier

Tandem Mode cannot be set in the following cases:


- When [Transparency Interleave] is selected.
- When [Enhanced Security] is set to ON.

IC-203 10-47
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.14 PostScript tab
The [PostScript] tab performs advanced PostScript settings.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Output - To Printer
Outputs print data to the printer.

Output - Encapsulated PostScript


Outputs print data as a file in the EPS format.

Output - File Name


Allows you to specify a file name when outputting data as a file in the EPS
format.

Settings - Job Compression


Offers a choice of [None], [LZW] or [Flate] as a print job compression method.

Settings - Flate Compression


When [Flate] is selected for the [Job Compression], you can select Flate
compression modes from [Fastest], [Fast], [Default] and [Best Compression].

IC-203 10-48
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Settings - Compress Bitmaps
Offers a choice of [None], [RLE], [JPEG] or [LZW] as a bitmap compression
method.

Settings - JPEG
When [JPEG] is selected in the [Compress Bitmap], you can select JPEG
modes from [High Quality], [Fast], [Default], [Draft] and [Custom].

Settings - Output Protocol (Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003 only)


Offers a choice of [Pure Binary] or [ASCII] as an output data format.

Settings - Gamma Level


Specifies the correction of the gamma value of the printer in the range of
[0.000] - [2.000].
The default is [1.000].

Settings - Tokenised PS (Windows NT4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003 only)


Checking this box enables Tokenised PS.

Watermark Option - Print Watermark On Logical Page


Checking this box causes a watermark to be printed on every original sheet
when [N-Up] or [Booklet] is selected.
Unchecking this box causes a watermark to be printed on every output
sheet.

2
Note
To use the Same as Original Size function, you should set up in ad-
vance so that the watermark can be used with the Watermark tab.("Wa-
termarks tab" on Page 10-57)

IC-203 10-49
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Settings - PostScript Options
Clicking this button displays the [PostScript] dialog box.

Settings - PostScript Options - Print PostScript Error Information


Checking this box makes the error handler available. When this box is set as
checked and an error is encountered during the printing process, an error
message is printed out under the action of the error handler.

Settings - PostScript Options - Use PostScript Pass-through


When the check box is turned ON, an application supporting the PostScript
(Adobe applications, Quark Xpress, etc.) prepares drawing data so that the
original drawing quality can be secured. However, the function to process
the image (N-up, Booklet, etc.) cannot be used.
When the check box is turned OFF, drawing data is prepared on the printer
driver side. However, when the data is printed with an application supporting
the PostScript, the drawing quality may be inferior.

Settings - PostScript Options - Clear Memory per Page


Checking this box clears the printer memory resource before proceeding a
printer job on a page-by-page basis.

Settings - PostScript Options - Compatibility


You can select output format of PostScript from among [Optimize For
Speed], [Optimize For Portability] and [Adobe DSC Compliance].

IC-203 10-50
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Timeouts - Wait Timeout (seconds)
Defines a maximum length of time in seconds during which the printer waits
for print data to be fed in from the computer while in the printing process.
Selectable in the range from 0-300 sec.

Print Enhance - Print Enhance


Checking this box makes the adjustment of the halftone frequency and angle
enable.

Print Enhance - Halftoning


Sets the halftone frequency in the range from [8.0] to [600.0].

Print Enhance - Screen Angle


Sets the halftone angle of degree in the range from [0.0] to [360.0].

Use Bitmap Smoothing


Checking this item enables smoothing.

IC-203 10-51
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.15 Overlay tab
The [Overlay] tab sets the overlay of the document to be printed.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Overlay
Displays a list of stored overlay files.
When [None] is selected, the overlay function is disabled. For the overlay
printing procedure, refer to "Overlay Printing Procedure" on Page 10-54.

Add Overlay
Opens the [Load Page Overlay File] dialog box that is used to select an over-
lay file.

Create Overlay
Opens the [Create Page Overlay] dialog box that is used to save an overlay
file.

Delete Overlay
Deletes the overlay file selected in the [Overlays] list.

IC-203 10-52
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Check Before Printing
Sets to display a dialog for confirmation before printing with Overlay to be
displayed.

Overlay Choice Condition


Displays information about the selected overlay file.

Overlay Create Condition


Displays the creation status of an overlay file.

To create overlay
For creating overlays, perform the following procedure.

1 Create an overlay with the application in use.

2 Select [Print] from the [File] menu.


The selected menu may differ depending on the application used.

3 Select [KONICA MINOLTA 920 PS(V)].

4 Click [Properties].

5 Click [Overlay] tab.

6 Click [Create Overlay].


The [Create Page Overlay] dialog box appears.

7 Input the file name in [File Name].


Use esp as the extension.

8 Click [Save].
The [Create Page Overlay] dialog box closes.

9 Click [OK] to create the overlay.


The [Properties] dialog box closes.

10 Click [OK] and create the overlay.


The overlay creation confirmation dialog box appears.

11 Click [Yes].
The overlay data is stored.

IC-203 10-53
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Overlay Printing Procedure
When printing overlays, perform the following procedure.

1 Select [Print] from the [File] menu.


The selected menu may differ depending on the application used.

2 Select [KONICA MINOLTA 920 PS(V)].

3 Click [Properties].

4 Click [Overlay] tab.

5 Select overlay file to be printed.

6 Click [OK].
The [Properties] dialog box closes.

7 Click [OK] and print the overlay.


Along with the overlay data the document to be printed is printed on
top of the overlay data.
Select [Overlay], [None] after printing has been completed.

IC-203 10-54
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.16 Quality tab
The [Quality] tab sets image rotation, reverse image rotation, resolution, etc.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Image Rotation
Sets the rotation of the printing data to 0, 90, 180 or to 270 (counterclock-
wise).

Effects - Mirror Image


Prints a mirror image of the printing data.

Effects - Negative Image


Prints a negative image of the printing data.

Adjustment - Slider A
If the graphic appears too bright, slide the brightness slider to the left.If
the graphic appears too dark, slide the brightness slider to the right.

Adjustment - Slider B
To decrease contrast, slide the contrast slider to the left.
To increase contrast, slide the contrast slider to the right.

IC-203 10-55
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Print Density
Determines the print density of a graphic.
If a graphic appears too dark, move the slider towards [Light]. If the graphic
appears too light, move the slider towards [Dark]. The default setting is [0].

Smoothing - Type
Prints the curved section of characters and images smoothly, when this
printing system is used.

Smoothing

- [Type 1] is suitable for printing the diagonal lines of normal characters


and graphics.
- [Type 2] is suitable for printing the curved sections of normal characters.
- [Type 3] is suitable for printing the curved sections of ornamental writings
and fine characters.
- When [Off] is selected, no smoothing operation is made.

Monochromatic Convention - By Driver / By Printer


Makes a choice whether you change the graphic mode to monochrome on
the printer driver or on the printer.

Toner Save
Saves the consumption of toner by controlling printing density.

Draft Print
Prints lightly which is suitable for draft documents.

IC-203 10-56
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.17 Watermarks tab
Performs settings related to definitions of Watermark.

!
Detail
The method to open the Printing Preference window depends on OS. Re-
fer to "About Properties window" on Page 10-1 about how to open the
Printing Preference window.

Watermark
Selects a watermark that you want to print. You can choose from [None],
[CONFIDENTIAL], [COPY], [DRAFT], [FILE COPY], [DO NOT COPY], [FINAL],
[PROOF], [TOP SECRET], [URGENT], [CIRCULAR], [WITHDRAW], [NO RE-
PRODUCTION], [INTERNAL USE] and [IMPORTANT]. The default is [None].

Watermark Add
Adds an edited watermark.
When you input text on [Edit] - [Text], the [Add] becomes active.

Watermark Update
Updates a watermark while it is being edited.

Watermark Delete
Deletes the watermark selected in the list.

Edit Text
The selected watermark is shown in this box for editing. You can also enter
new characters.

IC-203 10-57
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
Edit Gray Scale
Set the watermark density with the scroll bar.

Edit Size
Sets the font size for a watermark with the scroll bar.

Edit Angle
Sets the rotation angle for a watermark with the scroll bar.

Edit Fonts
Opens the [Font] dialog box that is used to set the font for a watermark.

Position
Specifies the printing position of a watermark by dragging and dropping in
the preview or using the scroll bar.
inches/mm: Determines the unit of the coordinates displaying the location.

Position Center Watermark


Arranges the watermark in the center of the page.

1st Page Only


When this item is checked, a watermark is printed on the first page only.
When not checked, the watermark is printed on all pages.

Transparent Text
When this item is checked, characters are printed with a net pattern back-
ground that looks transparent. When not checked, the net pattern back-
ground of the characters becomes white and shadow portion is not printed.

As Outline Only
When this item is checked, only the outline of the characters of the water-
mark is printed. Note that this is enabled if the [Transparent Text] setting is
disabled.

IC-203 10-58
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.18 Save/Restore Setting
Settings with the printer driver can be saved to be restored as required.

2
Note
The [Save/Restore Setting] cannot be displayed with the [Watermark] tab.

To Save Setting
Current setting can be saved by the following method:

1 Click [Save/Restore Setting] - [Save].


[Save Setting] window appears.

2 Input Name and click [OK].


Setting is saved and the name entered is displayed on the [Save/Re-
store Setting] pull down menu.

To restore the setting in storage:


Setting in storage can be restored when required.

1 Click [Save/Restore Setting] to display menu.

2 Select the setting to be restored from the list on display.

IC-203 10-59
KONICA MINOLTA PS Printer Driver setting (Windows)
10
10.19 About View Area
Setting of the printer driver and status of the optional unit can be checked.

2
Note
The [Printer View] cannot be displayed with the [Watermark] tab.

To Check the Status of the Optional Unit


Status of the optional unit can be checked by the image.

1 Click [Printer View].

IC-203 10-60
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11

11 PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting


(Mac OS 9)
This chapter describes the settings of the PostScript PPD printer driver using
Mac OS 9.

Basic printing method


This chapter explains how to use this printing system for printing from a Mac-
intosh.
The following shows the basic methods of use of the printing system from
the computer used.

1 Check the printing system to ensure it is turned on. Then turn on the
computer.

2 Select [Adobe PS] and select printer name for your printing system
from the [Chooser] dialog.
Refer to "Selecting the printer with the Chooser" on Page 5-23 for
detailed information on selecting this printing system from the
[Chooser] dialog.

3 Open the file to be printed.

4 Select [File] - [Page Setup...] of the application.


You can configure the functions of this printing system further in the
[Page Setup].
Some functions may not be used depending on the OS you use.
The [Page Setup] dialog box will disappear.

5 Select the paper size, click [OK].


The [Page Setup] dialog box will
disappear.

IC-203 11-1
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
6 Select [File] - [Print...] of the application.
The [Printing] dialog box appears.

7 Make sure that the printer name


is the name of this printing sys-
tem.
If the printer name is not the
name of this printing system,
click [] at the side of the
[Printer] box to select the
printing system.

8 Make settings in the [Print] dialog.


You can set the function of the printing system further by opening
the screen from the [Print].

9 Click [Print].
The file is printed.

IC-203 11-2
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.1 Dialog boxes used for configuring this printing system
11.1.1 Three dialog boxes
You can set this printing system to use various functions when you print a file
from a Macintosh with this printing system.

[Configure] dialog box


This dialog box is opened from the [Chooser] dialog. You can set the printer
driver to recognize optional devices in this printing system.

[Page Setup] dialog box


This dialog box is opened from an application. You can set paper size, ori-
entation, scaling, watermarks, visual effect, alternate font, smoothing, and
custom page setting.

IC-203 11-3
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
[Print] dialog box
This dialog box is opened from an application. You can set various functions.

IC-203 11-4
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Displaying the [Configure] dialog box

1 Select [Chooser] from [Apple Menu].

2 Make sure that [Active] is selected in the [AppleTalk] box.

3 Click [AdobePS] icon.

4 Click the printer name for your PS3


printing system from the [Select a
PostScript Printer] list.

5 Click [Setup] if you are using the printing system for the first time.
A dialog box appears.

6 Click [Configure].
The [Configure] dialog box appears.

7 Click [OK] to close the [Configure]


dialog.

IC-203 11-5
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Displaying the [Page Setup] dialog box

1 Select [File] - [Page Setup...] of the


application.
The [Page Attributes] dialog box in
the [Page Setup] dialog box ap-
pears.

2 Click [] button upper left corner the dialog box to select each menu
as required.
[Page Setup] - [Watermark] dia-
log box

[Page Setup] - [PostScript Op-


tions] dialog box

[Page Setup] - [Custom Page


Default] dialog box

IC-203 11-6
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Displaying the [Print] dialog box

1 Select [File] - [Print...] of the application.


[Print] - [General] dialog box
The [General] dialog box in the
[Print] dialog box appears.

2 Click [] button below the [Printer] box to select each menu as re-
quired.
[Print] - [Background Printing]
dialog box

[Print] - [Cover Page] dialog box

[Print] - [Layout] dialog box

[Print] - [Error Handling] dialog


box

IC-203 11-7
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
[Print] - [PostScript Setting] dia-
log box

[Print] - [Printer Specific Op-


tions] dialog box (1)

[Print] - [Printer Specific Op-


tions] dialog box (2)

IC-203 11-8
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.2 About descriptions in this chapter
In the descriptions of the settings for each function from the dialog boxes, in
the following pages of this chapter, the procedures for opening the dialog
boxes is omitted.
Refer to the procedures described earlier as necessary.
For example:
Open [Configure].
- "Displaying the [Configure] dialog box" on Page 11-5
Open [Page Setup] - [Cover Page].
- "Displaying the [Page Setup] dialog box" on Page 11-6
Open [Print] - [Printer Specific Options] dialog box (1)
- "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 11-7
This chapter mainly describes information on the functions inherent in this
printing system. Refer to the manual for the PPD printer driver for detailed
information on the functions common to the PPD printer driver.

IC-203 11-9
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.3 Page Attributes dialog box
Performs settings of the page attributes.

!
Detail
Refer to the "Displaying the [Page Setup] dialog box" on Page 11-6.

Paper
You can select a paper size from the list shown.

Paper size that can be selected

A3

A4

A5

A6

B4

B5

B6

Tabloid

Legal

Letter

Statement

8 x 13

8 1/2 x 13

8 1/4 x 13

8 1/8 x 13 1/4

IC-203 11-10
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Paper size that can be selected

8K

16K

Japanese Postcard

A3 Wide

A4 Wide

A5 Wide

B4 Wide

B5 Wide

11 x 17 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Wide

5 1/2 x 8 1/2 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Tab

A4 Tab

Custom

2
Note
The paper with Wide at the end of the document size represents Wide
paper.
When selecting [Custom], you can set and register a paper size.
A specific paper size cannot be selected due to other functions set. For
details, refer to the explanation of each of the functions.

Orientation
Selects the orientation to output paper in Portrait or Landscape.
Click on the button for Portrait(left) of [Orientation].
Click on the button for Landscape(right) of [Orientation].

Scale
Prints by specifying the enlargement or reduction ratio in the range from 25%
to 400%.
The [Scale] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Print] - [Layout] - [Pages per sheet] is set to any item other than
[1].

IC-203 11-11
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Booklet
Checks to print on both sides of the paper and fold them. Booklet prints in
order which every folded page appears in their original order when gathered
at the end.
Select the type of the booklet after checking the [Booklet] check box.

IC-203 11-12
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.4 Watermark dialog box
Sets a transparent character and print it on the output paper.

!
Detail
Refer to the "Displaying the [Page Setup] dialog box" on Page 11-6.

Watermark
Sets watermark as follows.
- If you do not want to watermark any, turn on the [None] radio button.
- If you want to watermark the first page only, turn on the [First] radio but-
ton.
- If you want to watermark all pages, turn on the [All] radio button.

Types of Watermark
Sets the type of watermark as follows.
- If you want to use the PICT file for watermark, turn on [PICT] radio button.
- If you want to use the EPS file for watermark, turn on [EPS] radio button.
- If you want to use the TEXT file for watermark, turn on [TEXT] radio but-
ton.

!
Detail
Five types of watermark are stored by default.

Foreground
If you want to print the watermark as a foreground, check the checkbox.

IC-203 11-13
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Save With Document
If you want to save the watermark with the document you print, check the
[Save With Document] checkbox.
If you check the [Save With Document] checkbox, you can print the water-
mark with the same settings in the next time you print a document.

Edit
If you selected [TEXT] type, you can edit the text you print as watermark.
If you click [Edit], [Watermark Specification] screen appears.

Watermark File
You can specify watermark that is stored by default.

Watermark Font / Size / Style


You can specify a font/size/style of the text you want to print as watermark.

Watermark Text
If you want to print the input text as watermark, input the text.

Color
It is not used in this printing system.

Save As
Presses this button when you save a new watermark file.

IC-203 11-14
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.5 Custom Page Default dialog box
Performs settings of the custom page.

!
Detail
Refer to the "Displaying the [Page Setup] dialog box" on Page 11-6.

Units
Selects the units for setting [Width], [Height], and so on.

Paper Size
Sets the height, width, horizontal/vertical offset from the paper edge to the
printing region of the output paper.

Margins
Sets the margins of the output paper.

PPD Limits
When you select the item form the list, display the device limitation.

Custom Page Name


Enters the custom page name with 31 characters or less.

Remove
You can enter the stored custom page name and unstore it.

IC-203 11-15
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Add
Stores the custom page settings with the entered custom page name.

IC-203 11-16
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.6 General dialog box
Performs basic settings of the printer.

!
Detail
Refer to the "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 11-7.

Copies
Sets the number of copies to be printed from the [General] dialog.

Reverse Order
You can reverse the order pages are printed.

Pages
Selects the page to be printed.
- All: Prints all pages of the document.
- From [ ] To [ ]: Enters the initial page number and the ending page
number. If you want to print one page, enter the page
number to the both boxes.

Paper Source
Selects the paper source.
- All pages from: Prints all pages from the same tray. Select the tray in
the right box.
- First page from: Prints the first page from the specified tray in upper
box and remaining pages from the specified tray in
lower box.

IC-203 11-17
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11

Feed Tray paper size that can be used.

Tray 1 to Tray 3 A3 / A4 / A5 / A6 / B4 / B5 / B6 / Tabloid / Legal / Letter / State-


ment / 8" x 13 / 8 1/2" x 13" / 8 1/4" x 13" / 8 1/8" x 13 1/4" /
LCT (LU-403/LU-404) / 8K / 16K / Japanese Postcard / A3 Wide / A4 Wide / A5 Wide
Manual Feed / B4 Wide / B5 Wide / 11" x 17" Wide / 8 1/2" x 11" Wide / 5
1/2" x 8 1/2" Wide / 8 1/2" x 11" Tab / A4 Tab / Custom

IC-203 11-18
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.7 Background Printing dialog box
Performs settings of the background printing.

!
Detail
Refer to the "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 11-7.

Print in:
Selects foreground printing or background printing.
- Foreground (no spool file): Prints the document immediately, without
spooling. In this case, you cannot use the other application during the
printing.
- Background: Prints the document after spooling. In this case, you can
use the other application during the printing.

Print Time

Selects the time to be printed.

Urgent Prints the document by interruption.

Normal Prints the document normally.

Print at Prints at the specified time.

Put Document on Hold Holds the document without printing.

IC-203 11-19
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.8 Cover Page dialog box
Performs settings of the cover page.

!
Detail
Refer to the "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 11-7.

Print Cover Page:

Selects the method to print a cover page.

None Prints no cover page.

Before Document Prints a cover page first.

After Document Prints a cover page last.

Cover Page Paper Source


Selects the paper source to print a cover page.
The [Cover Page Paper Source] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Print Cover Page] is not available in the [Cover Page] dialog.

IC-203 11-20
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.9 Layout dialog box
Performs settings of the page layout.

!
Detail
Refer to the "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 11-7.

Pages per sheet


You can allocate a document of 2 pages, 4 pages, 6 pages, 9 pages or 16
pages onto a single page for printing. The allocated pages are automatically
reduced for printing based on the printable area of the output paper.

2 in 1 4 in 1 6 in 1
ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD
ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

9 in 1 16 in 1

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

Selecting the 2 x 2 sheet/page - 6 x 6 sheet/page enables to divide the page


to be output.

Layout direction
Selects the layout direction the pages allocated onto a single paper.

IC-203 11-21
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Border
Selects whether to draw a frame or line as the border between pages.

Print on Both Sides


Checks to print on both sides.

IC-203 11-22
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.10 Printer Specific Options dialog box (1)
Performs settings of the finishing options.

!
Detail
Refer to the "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 11-7.

Collate
Sets [ON] to print the required number of the first page, and then the required
number of the second pages, the third page, .... collectively when printing
multiple sets of pages.

IC-203 11-23
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Media
Sets various types of paper sizes as the output paper as shown below.

Types of paper that can be selected.

No Setting

Plain Paper

Thick 1 This is set when printing coated paper such


as pamphlet.

Thick 2 This is set when printing thick paper such


as a post card.

Fine This is set when printing fine paper such as


memo paper.

User This is set when printing the user specified


paper set on the copier.

Blank Insert This is set when printing blank paper such


as cover sheet.

Thin This is set when printing thin paper.

Trace This is set when printing trace paper.

Recycled This is set when printing recycled paper.

Label This is set when printing the paper such as


label.

Transparency This is set when printing OHP sheet.

Exclusive A - M This is set when printing the exclusive pa-


per.

The [Transparency] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Duplex] is set in the [Print] - [Printer Specific Options] dialog
box (2).
- When the [Paper Sources] is not available in the [Configure] dialog box.

IC-203 11-24
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.11 Printer Specific Options dialog box (2)
Performs settings of the finishing options.

!
Detail
Refer to the "Displaying the [Print] dialog box" on Page 11-7.

Offset
Selects to shift the exit position of each set of print out back and forth when
printing multi set of copies.

Print position
Selects the print position. The [Left] print uses the left side of the paper. The
[Center] print uses the center of the paper. The [Right] print uses the right
side of the paper.

Paper Color
Selects the colors of paper as the output paper as shown below
- No Setting
- White
- Clear
- Yellow
- Pink
- Blue
- Green

Pre-Punched Paper
Selects whether the paper as the output paper is pre-punched or not.

IC-203 11-25
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Output Tray
Selects the output tray.
Each of them can/cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Staple] is available, any item other than [Auto] and [Main Tray]
can not be set.

!
Detail
The optional finisher should be set up in the [Configure] window.

Output Order
Selects the output order.
The [Face Down] outputs paper with the printed side facing down.
The [Face Up] outputs paper with the printed side facing up.

Image order
Select the image order.
The [1 to N] outputs paper starting with the first page.
The [N to 1] outputs paper starting with the last page.

Binding Position
Sets the binding position for the document to be printed. The position select-
ed here will be the position of stapling, punching and base position of the im-
age shift.

Double Sides / Double Sides / Double Sides /


Left Binding Top Binding Right Binding

Duplex
Prints continuous multiple pages on both front and back sides.
The [Duplex] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Transparency] is selected in the [Printer Specific Options] dia-
log (1) - [Media]

IC-203 11-26
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Combination
Prints a document of 2 pages onto a single paper twice as big as the original
documents.

Example: 2 A4 size papers are aggregated on 1 A3 size paper. Booklet

2 in 1

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

1 2 1 2
2 Repeat

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

1 2 1 1
ABCD ABCD

2 2
2 Repeat Reversal (L)

ABCD ABCD 1 ABCD

1 2 ABCD 1
2 Repeat Reversal (R)

ABCD ABCD ABCD 1


1 2 1 ABCD

The [2 in 1] and [2 Repeat] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer
Specific Options] dialog box (1).
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for [Front Cover Page], [Back
Cover Page], [Paper Tray (Front Cover Page)] or [Paper Tray (Back Cover
Page)].

IC-203 11-27
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Staple
Staples output paper. The number of staplings and their positions can be set.

1 Staple /Left Binding 1 Staple /Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

2 Staples /Left Binding 2 Staples /Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

1 Staple /Top Binding 2 Staples /Top Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

The [Staple] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [None] is selected for [Finisher] in the [Installable Options] field
of the [Configure].
- When the [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer
Specific Options] dialog box (1).
- When any item other than [Z-fold] is selected for [Fold].

!
Detail
Refer to Users Guide (Copy) for more information about staple and
punch.

IC-203 11-28
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Punch
The output paper can be set to be punched with 2 holes,3 holes or 4 holes.
The position will be changed according with the [Binding Position] setting.

2 Holes / Left Binding 2 Holes / Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

2 Holes / Left Binding 2 Holes / Right Binding


(Landscape) (Landscape)
ABCDEF ABCDEF

2 Holes / Top Binding 2 Holes / Top Binding


(Portrait) (Landscape)
ABCD
ABCDEF

The [Punch] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [None] is selected for [Punch Z-Fold Unit] in the [Installable Op-
tions] field of the [Configure] dialog.
- When the [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer
Specific Options] dialog box (1).
- When any item other than [Z-fold] is selected for [Fold].

2
Note
Punch holes which can be specified vary depending on the destinations.
USA : Either 2 or 3 holes can be specified.
Others : Either 2 or 4 holes can be specified.

IC-203 11-29
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Fold
Various ways of the folding can be setup.

Z-Fold

Center Staple and Fold

Multi-Letter Fold in

Multi-Letter Fold Out

Multi-Half Fold

The [Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer
Specific Options] dialog box (1).
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Staple], [Punch], only
[Z-fold] can be selected.
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Front Cover Page],
[Back Cover Page], [Paper Tray (Front Cover Page)] and [Paper Tray
(Back Cover Page)].
The setting of [Fold] is available when the following unit is installed.

Punch Z-Fold Unit FS-604

Z-Fold o

Multi-Letter Fold (In/Out) o

Multi-Half Fold o

IC-203 11-30
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Image Shift
Adjusts the details of the printing position to the output paper.

Front Cover Page


Sets a front cover type.
When the [Blank] is selected, a blank sheet is inserted before the 1st page.
When the [Printed] is selected, the 1st page of the document is printed with
the specified sheet as the front cover.

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD

Front Cover - Off Front Cover Front Cover


- Blank - Printed

The [Front Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer
Specific Options] dialog box (1).
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

Paper Tray (Front Cover Page)


Specifies the paper tray for the front cover.

IC-203 11-31
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Back Cover Page
Sets a back cover type.
When the [Blank] is selected, a blank sheet is inserted after the last page.
When the [Printed] is selected, the last page of the document is printed with
the specified sheet as the back cover.

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD

Back Cover - Off Back Cover Back Cover


- Blank - Printed

The [Back Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Transparency] is selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer
Specific Options] dialog box (1).
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

Paper Tray (Back Cover Page)


Specifies the paper tray for the back cover.

PI Front Cover
Sets a front cover for which paper is from the [PI Tray 1] or [PI Tray 2].
The [PI Front Cover] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [None] is selected for [Cover Sheet Feeder] in the [Installable
Options] field of the [Configure] dialog.
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

PI Back Cover
Sets a back cover for which paper is from the PI Tray 1 or PI Tray 2.
The [PI Back Cover] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [None] is selected for [Cover Sheet Feeder] in the [Installable
Options] field of the [Configure] dialog.
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Fold].

IC-203 11-32
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Transparency Interleave

Printed This is set when inserting the printed interleaf for


the transparent sheet.

Blank This is set when inserting the blank interleaf for


the transparent sheet.

Transparency Interleave cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Transparency] is not selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer
Specific Options] dialog box (1)

Paper Tray (Transparency Interleave)


Uses to select the paper tray for Transparency Interleave.
The Paper Tray (Transparency Interleave) cannot be set in the following cas-
es:
- When the [Transparency] is not selected for [Media] in the [Print] - [Printer
Specific Options] dialog box (1).
- When the [Paper Sources] is not selected in the [Configure] dialog

Wait Mode
Outputs the test print and checks the current setting from the control panel
of copier. You can use this when printing a large volume document, such as
multiple sets of pages.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.


the [Printing] dialog box will appear.

2 Select [Printer Specific Options (2)]


of optional menu.

3 Click [Wait Mode] to display the list. Then select [Wait Mode] or [Proof
and Print].
Select [Wait Mode] to wait before printing the document to check
the current setting from the control panel of copier.
Select [Proof and Print] to print the one copy as a test to check the
output and the current setting from the control panel of copier.

IC-203 11-33
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
4 Click [Print].
When [Wait Mode] is selected, it stops without being printed.
When [Proof and Print] is selected, only one part is printed and it
stops.
On the copier's control panel, the Mode Check screen appears.

5 In case of [Proof and Print], [Proof Stop] blinks on the left above the
copier touch panel screen. Press [Proof Stop].
Mode Check screen appears on the control panel of copier.

6 Confirm the current settings.


If you do not change any setting,
proceed to the step 9.

7 If necessary, press the [Change] to change settings.

8 Change the settings and press the [OK].


Mode Check screen will be restored.

9 Press [START] to resume the rest of the print job.

Resolution
Displays the resolution of the printer (600 dpi)

Smoothing
Prints the curved section of characters and images smoothly.

Smoothing

- [Type 1] is suitable for printing the diagonal lines of normal characters


and graphics.
- [Type 2] is suitable for printing the curved sections of normal characters.
- [Type 3] is suitable for printing the curved sections of ornamental writings
and fine characters.
- When [Off] is selected, no smoothing operation is made.

IC-203 11-34
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Print Density
Selects the printing density.

Item Print density Feature

Normal 100% Print with normal density.

Heavy 102% You can adjust printing density while main-


taining print quality.
Light 1 98%

Light 2 96%

Light 3 90%

Light 4 80%

Light 5 70%

Toner Save 95% Reduce toner consumption.

Draft Print 90% Data other than characters are roughly


printed.

Date/Time
Specifies the pages to print the date and time.
All pages: Date/Time is printed in the all pages.
Front Cover Only: Date/Time is printed in the 1st page only.

IC-203 11-35
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
Tandem Mode
Using two printing systems (master copier and sub copier), prints can be
made at the same time under the same printing conditions. When printing a
large number of copies, time required to complete the job can be shortened.
When either one of the two copiers is equipped with a print controller, tan-
dem printing can be performed. When both of the copiers are equipped with
a print controller, the copier which receives the printing job instruction func-
tions as the master copier and the other one is the sub copier.
For the tandem printing, the two copiers should be connected by either
method as follows.
- Connect the two copiers directly with a cross cable. In this case, the net-
work functions cannot be used.
- Connect them with a straight cable via HUB.

2
Note
Use a cross cable or straight cable higher than the category type 5.
Tandem printing should only be set up by your authorized service repre-
sentative.
Refer to the Users Guide (POD Administrators reference) for more in-
formation about Tandem Mode.

Sub copier

Master copier

Tandem Mode cannot be set in the following cases:


- When [Transparency Interleave] is selected.

IC-203 11-36
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS 9)
11
11.12 Configure dialog box
The option to install can be setup on this window.

!
Detail
Refer to the "Displaying the [Configure] dialog box" on Page 11-5.

Printer memory
Sets the printer driver to recognize the printer memory.

Finisher
Selects an installed Finisher.

Punch Z-Fold Unit


Selects an installed Punch Z-Fold Unit.

Cover Sheet Feeder


Selects an installed Cover Sheet Feeder.

Trimmer
Selects an installed Trimmer Unit.

Paper Sources
Selects an installed paper source.

IC-203 11-37
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12

12 PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting


(Mac OS X)
This chapter describes the settings of the PostScript PPD printer driver using
Mac OS X.

12.1 About Mac OS X window


In Mac OS X, printer driver is set up using the [Printer Info] window, the [Page
Setup] window and the [Print] window.
Here, how to open the window of Mac OS X is explained.

The method to open the [Printer Info] window

1 Double-click [Applications] - [Utilities] - [Printer Setup Utility] in a hard


disk with system.
The [Printer List] window appears.

2 Select the printer and then select [Show Info] from Printers menu.
[Printer Info] window appears.

IC-203 12-1
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
The method to open the [Page Setup] window

1 Open the file to print.

2 Select [Page Setup] from File menu.


The [Page Setup] window appears.

The method to open the [Print] window

1 Open the file to print

2 Select [Print] from File menu.


The [Print] window appears.

!
Detail
To perform printing, click [Print].
Clicking [Save As PDF] creates a PDF file. Selecting [Save As] on the [Pre-
sets] pop-up menu enables you to save the settings you configured in the
[Print] window.

IC-203 12-2
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
12.2 Page Attributes (Page Setup window)
Selects [Page Attributes] on the [Settings] pop-up menu in the [Page Setup]
window.

!
Detail
Refer to the "The method to open the [Page Setup] window" on Page 12-
2.

Format for
Selects the printer you want to use.

Paper Size
You can select a paper size from the list shown.

Paper size that can be selected

A3

A4

A5

A6

B4

B5

B6

11 x 17

8 1/2 x 14

8 1/2 x 11

5 1/2 x 8 1/2

IC-203 12-3
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Paper size that can be selected

8 x 13

8 1/2 x 13

8 1/4 x 13

8 1/8 x 13 1/4

8K

16K

Japanese Postcard

A3 Wide

A4 Wide

A5 Wide

B4 Wide

B5 Wide

11 x 17 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Wide

5 1/2 x 8 1/2 Wide

8 1/2 x 11 Tab

A4 Tab

Custom

2
Note
When selecting [Custom], you can set and register a paper size.
A specific paper size cannot be selected due to other functions set. For
details, refer to the explanation of each of the functions.

Orientation
Sets the orientation to output paper.

Scale
Prints by specifying the enlargement or reduction ratio in the range from 25%
to 400%.
The [Scale] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Pages per Sheet] is set to any item other than [1].

IC-203 12-4
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
12.3 Custom Paper Size (Page Setup window)
Selects [Custom Paper Size] on the [Settings] pop-up menu in the [Page Set-
up] window.

!
Detail
Refer to the"The method to open the [Page Setup] window" on Page 12-
2.

New
You can register a new Custom Paper Size.

Paper Size
Sets the height and width of the output paper.

Printer Margins
Sets the margins of the output paper.

IC-203 12-5
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
12.4 Copies & Pages (Print window)
Selects [Copies & Pages] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

!
Detail
Refer to the "The method to open the [Print] window" on Page 12-2.

Copies
Sets the number of copies to be printed.

Collated
It is possible to print the required number of the first page, and then the re-
quired number of the second pages, the third page, .... when printing multiple
sets of pages.

Pages
Selects the page to be printed.
- All: Prints all pages of the document.
- From [ ] To [ ]: Enters the initial page number and the ending page
number. If you want to print one page, enter the page
number to the both boxes.

IC-203 12-6
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
12.5 Layout (Print window)
Selects [Layout] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

!
Detail
Refer to the "The method to open the [Print] window" on Page 12-2.

Pages per Sheet


Allocates a document of 2 pages, 4 pages, 6 pages, 9 pages or 16 pages
onto a single page for printing. The allocated pages are automatically re-
duced for printing based on the printable region of the output paper.

2 in 1 4 in 1 6 in 1
ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD
ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

9 in 1 16 in 1

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

Layout Direction
Selects the layout direction the pages allocated onto a single paper.

Border
Selects whether draw a frame or line as the border between pages.

IC-203 12-7
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
12.6 Paper Feed (Print window)
Selects [Duplex] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

!
Detail
Refer to the "The method to open the [Print] window" on Page 12-2.

Paper Feed
Selects the paper source.
- All pages from: Prints all pages from the same tray. Select the tray in
the right box.
- First page from: Prints the first page from the specified tray in upper
box and remaining pages from the specified tray in
lower box.

!
Detail
If you use [Auto Select], a paper feed tray is automatically selected. The
paper specified in [Page Attributes] of this printing system is set on the
tray.

IC-203 12-8
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
12.7 Finishing (Print window)
Selects [Finishing] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

!
Detail
Refer to the "The method to open the [Print] window" on Page 12-2.

Collate
It is possible to print the required number of the first page, and then the re-
quired number of the second pages, the third page, .... collectively when
printing multiple sets of pages.

Offset
Selects to shift the exit position of each set of print out back and forth when
printing multi set of copies.
The [Offset] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Japanese Post Card], or [Custom] is selected for [Page Setup]
- [Paper Size].

IC-203 12-9
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Tandem Mode
Using two printing systems (master copier and sub copier), prints can be
made at the same time under the same printing conditions. When printing a
large number of copies, time required to complete the job can be shortened.
When either one of the two copiers is equipped with a print controller, tan-
dem printing can be performed. When both of the copiers are equipped with
a print controller, the copier which receives the printing job instruction func-
tions as the master copier and the other one is the sub copier.
For the tandem printing, the two copiers should be connected by either
method as follows.
- Connect the two copiers directly with a cross cable. In this case, the net-
work functions cannot be used.
- Connect them with a straight cable via HUB.

2
Note
Use a cross cable or straight cable higher than the category type 5.
Tandem printing should only be set up by your authorized service repre-
sentative.
Refer to the Users Guide (POD Administrators reference) for more in-
formation about Tandem Mode.

Sub copier

Master copier

Tandem Mode cannot be set in the following cases:


- When [Transparency Interleave] is selected.
- When [Enhanced Security] is set to ON.

IC-203 12-10
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Output Tray
Selects the output tray.
Each of them can/cannot be set in the following cases:
- Each options which is not selected on the [Printer Info] window cannot be
set.
- When [Staple] is available, any item other than [Auto] and [Main Tray] can
not be set.

Output Order
Selects the output order.
- [Face Down] outputs paper with the printed side facing down.
- [Face Up] outputs paper with the printed side facing up.

Image Order
The [1 to N] outputs paper starting with the first page.
The [N to 1] outputs paper starting with the last page.

Binding Position
Sets the binding position for the document to be printed. The position select-
ed here will be the position of stapling, punching and base position of the im-
age shift.

Duplex
Prints continuous multiple pages on both front and back sides.

IC-203 12-11
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Staple
Staples output paper. The number of staplings and their positions can be set.

1 Staple /Left Binding 1 Staple /Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

2 Staples /Left Binding 2 Staples /Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

1 Staple /Top Binding 2 Staples /Top Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

The [Staple] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Finisher] is not available in the [Printer Info] - [Installable Op-
tions].
- When the [Transparency] is selected for [Print] - [Setup] - [Paper Type].
- When any item other than [Z-Fold] is selected for [Fold].

IC-203 12-12
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Hole-Punch
The output paper can be set to be punched in advance.

2 Holes / Left Binding 2 Holes / Right Binding


(Portrait) (Portrait)
ABCD ABCD

2 Holes / Left Binding 2 Holes / Right Binding


(Landscape) (Landscape)
ABCDEF ABCDEF

2 Holes / Top Binding 2 Holes / Top Binding


(Portrait) (Landscape)
ABCD
ABCDEF

The [Hole-Punch] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Punch Z-Fold Unit] is not available in the [Printer Info] - [Install-
able Options].
- When the [Japanese Post Card], [Wide paper (W)] or [Custom] is selected
for [Page Setup] - [Paper Size].
- When the [Transparency] is selected for [Print] - [Setup] - [Paper Type].
- When any item other than [Z-Fold] is selected for [Fold].

2
Note
Punch holes which can be specified vary depending on the destinations.
USA : Either 2 or 3 holes can be specified.
Others : Either 2 or 4 holes can be specified.

IC-203 12-13
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Fold
Various ways of the folding can be setup.

Z-Fold

Center Staple and Fold

Multi-Letter Fold in

Multi-Letter Fold Out

Multi-Half Fold

The [Fold] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Transparency] is selected for [Print] - [Setup] - [Paper Type].
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Staple], [Hole-Punch],
only [Z-Fold] can be selected.
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for the [Front Cover Page],
[Back Cover Page], [Paper Tray (Front Cover Page)] and [Paper Tray
(Back Cover Page)].
The setting of [Fold] is available when the following unit is installed.

Punch Z-Fold Unit FS-604

Z-Fold o

Multi-Letter Fold (In/Out) o

Multi-Half Fold o

IC-203 12-14
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
12.8 Security (Print window)
Selects [Security] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

!
Detail
Refer to the "The method to open the [Print] window" on Page 12-2.

Output Method - Off


Sets the normal printing.

IC-203 12-15
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Output Method - Secure Print
If you print with the Secure Print feature, the printing does not start until you
input the Secure Print ID and the password on the copier's control panel.
To perform the Secure Print, you need to configure the settings for Confiden-
tial output on the copier. For more information on the Confidential output, re-
fer to Users Guide (Network Scanner).

0 The [Secure Print] cannot be set in the following cases:


0 When [Tandem Mode] is available in [Finishing] window.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Select [Security] from pop-up menu.

3 Select [Secure Print] in the [Output Method].


[Secure Print Settings] field becomes active.

4 Enter [Secure Print ID] and [Password].


Secure Print ID: Enter the confidential box name.
Password: Enter the password.

5 Click [Print] to perform printing from the application.

6 Press [Box] on the control panel of copier and select [Recall].

7 Press [Confidential].

8 Select a box and press the [OK].


The Password Input screen appears.

9 Enter [Password].

10 Press [OK] to close the Password Input screen.

IC-203 12-16
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
11 Select the file to print and press
[>>>].

12 Select [AutoOutput] and press the [OK].


The Confidential file is printed.

!
Detail
To confirm the settings for Confidential Output, select [WaitOutput] or
[Proof Output], and press [OK].
For more information, refer to Users Guide (Network Scanner).

IC-203 12-17
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Output - Output Method - Save in User Box/Save in User Box and Print
You can store the print job as image data on the copier's internal hard disk
to re-output them when necessary. To output, use the PageScope Job
Spooler or operate on the control panel.
0 For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to PageScope
Job Spooler User's Guide.
0 The [Save in User Box] cannot be set in the following cases:
0 When [Tandem Mode] is available in [Finishing] window.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Select [Security] from pop-up menu.

3 Select [Save in User Box] or [Save in User Box and Print] in the [Output
Method].
Selecting [Save in User Box] stores the print job in the internal hard
disk.
Selecting [Save in User Box and Print] stores the print job in the in-
ternal hard disk and prints one copy.
The [Save in User Box Settings] field becomes active.

4 Enter [File Name] and [User Box Number] and click [Print] to perform
printing from the application.

!
Detail
To output, use PageScope Job Spooler or operate on the control panel
of copier.
For more information on PageScope Job Spooler, refer to PageScope
Job Spooler User's Guide.
For more information about how to operate on the control panel, refer to
bizhub PRO 920 User's Guide (Network Scanner).

IC-203 12-18
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Output - Output Method - Wait Mode/Proof and Print
Outputs the test print and checks the current setting from the control panel
of copier. Use this when printing a large volume document, such as multiple
sets of pages.

1 Open the file to be printed and select [File] - [Print] of application.

2 Select [Security] from pop-up menu.

3 Select [Wait Mode] or [Proof and Print] in the [Output Method].

4 Click [Print] to perform printing from the application.


When the [Wait Mode] is selected, it stops without being printed.
When the [Proof and Print] is selected, only one part is printed and
it stops.
On the copier's control panel, the Mode Check screen appears.

5 In case of [Proof and Print], [Proof Stop] blinks on the left above the
copier touch panel screen. Press [Proof Stop].
Mode Check screen appears on the control panel of copier.

6 Confirm the current settings.


If you do not change any setting,
proceed to the step 9.

7 If necessary, press [Change] to change settings.

8 Change the settings and press [OK].


The Mode Check screen will be restored.

9 Press [START] to resume the rest of the print job.

IC-203 12-19
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
User Authentication/Account Track
Sets the User Authentication mode/Account Track mode.

!
Detail
Contact your administrator about User Authentication/Account Track.

User Authentication
Selects to use the User Authentication mode.

Public User Select when you access as Public user to the print control-
ler.

Recipient User Select when you access as Registered user to the print
controller.

User Name Enter the Registered User Name when the [Recipient User]
is selected.

Password Enter the Registered Password when the [Recipient User]


is selected.

Account Track
Selects to use the Account Track mode.

Department Name Enter the Department Name.

Password Enter the password.

Enhanced Security
By turning ON the [Enhanced Security], you can enter nothing anymore to the
password input field for the following functions so that the password cannot
be transmitted from the printer driver to the printing system through the net-
work:
- Secure Print (page 12-16)
- User Authentication/Account Track (page 12-20)
To print using these functions, you should enter the password on the control
panel of the copier after transmitting the print data. Refer to Users Guide
(Security) for more information.

IC-203 12-20
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
12.9 Setup (Print window)
Selects [Setup] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

!
Detail
Refer to the "The method to open the [Print] window" on Page 12-2.

Paper Type
Sets various types of paper sizes as the output paper as shown below.

Types of paper that can be selected.

No Setting

Plain Paper

Fine This is set when printing fine paper such as


memo paper.

Thick 1 This is set when printing coated paper such


as pamphlet.

Thick 2 This is set when printing thick paper such


as a post card.

Thin This is set when printing thin paper.

Recycled This is set when printing recycled paper.

Label This is set when printing the paper such as


label.

Transparency This is set when printing OHP sheet.

Trace This is set when printing trace paper.

IC-203 12-21
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Types of paper that can be selected.

User This is set when printing the user specified


paper set on the copier.

Blank Insert This is set when printing blank paper such


as cover sheet.

Exclusive A - M This is set when printing the exclusive pa-


per.

The [Transparency] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Paper Sources] is not available in the [Printer Info] window.

Paper Color
Selects the colors of paper as the output paper as shown below.
- No Setting
- White
- Clear
- Yellow
- Pink
- Blue
- Green

Pre-Punched Paper
Selects whether the paper as the output paper is pre-punched or not.

Front Cover Page


Sets a front cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD

Front Cover - Off Front Cover Front Cover


- Blank - Printed

The [Front Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Transparency] is selected in the [Print] - [Setup] - [Paper Type]
- When the [Collated] is not available in the [Print] - [Copies & Pages]
- When the [Pages per Sheets] is selected in the [Print] - [Layout]

IC-203 12-22
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Paper Tray (Front Cover Page)
Specifies the paper tray for the front cover.

Back Cover Page


Sets a back cover for which paper is different than the text paper.

ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD ABCD

Back Cover - Off Back Cover Back Cover


- Blank - Printed

The [Back Cover Page] cannot be set in the following cases:


- When the [Transparency] is selected in the [Print] - [Setup] - [Paper Type]
- When the [Collated] is not available in the [Print] - [Copies & Pages]
- When the [Pages per Sheets] is selected in the [Print] - [Layout]

Paper Tray (Back Cover Page)


Specifies the paper tray for the back cover.

PI Front Cover
Sets a front cover for which paper is from the [PI Tray 1] or [PI Tray 2].

PI Back Cover
Sets a back cover for which paper is from the [PI Tray 1] or [PI Tray 2].
The [PI Front Cover] or [PI Back Cover] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [None] is selected for [Cover Sheet Feeder] in the [Printer Info]
window.
- When the [Transparency] is not set in [Print] - [Setup] - [Paper Type].

Transparency Interleave
Sets this when you want to use [Transparency Interleave] as paper. Select
either [Blank] or [Printed].
The [Transparency Interleave] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When [Transparency] is not set in [Paper Type] of the [Setup] window.

IC-203 12-23
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Paper Tray (Transparency Interleave)
Sets this when you want to use the paper feed tray for [Transparency Inter-
leave].
[Paper Tray (Transparency Interleave)] cannot be set in the following cases:
- [Transparency] is not set in [Paper Type] of the [Setup] window.
- [Transparency Interleave] is not set in the [Setup] window.

IC-203 12-24
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
12.10 Image/Layout (Print window)
Selects [Image/Layout] on the pop-up menu in the [Print] window.

!
Detail
Refer to the "The method to open the [Print] window" on Page 12-2.

Combination
Prints a document of 2 pages onto a single paper twice as big as the original
documents.

Example: 2 A4 size papers are aggregated on 1 A3 size paper. Booklet

2 in 1

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

1 2 1 2
2 Repeat

ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

1 2 1 1
ABCD ABCD

2 2
2 Repeat Reversal (L)

ABCD ABCD 1 ABCD

1 2 ABCD 1
2 Repeat Reversal (R)

ABCD ABCD ABCD 1


1 2 1 ABCD

IC-203 12-25
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
The [2in1] and [2 repeat] cannot be set in the following cases:
- When the [Transparency] is selected for [Paper Type] in the [Print] - [Set-
up].
- When any item other than [Off] is selected for [Front Cover Page], [Back
Cover Page], [PI Front Cover] or [PI Back Cover] in the [Print] - [Setup].

Image Shift
Adjusts the details of the printing position to the output paper.

Print Position
Selects the print position. [Top] print using the top of the paper. [Center] print
using the center of the paper. [Bottom] print using the bottom of the paper.

Date/Time
Specifies the pages to print the date and time.
All pages: Date/Time is printed in all the pages.
Front Cover Only: Date/Time is printed in the 1st page only.

Resolution
DIsplays the resolution of the printer (600 dpi).

IC-203 12-26
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
Print Density
Selects the printing density.

Item Print density Feature

Normal 100% Print with normal density.

Dark 102% You can adjust printing density while main-


taining print quality.
Light 1 98%

Light 2 96%

Light 3 90%

Light 4 80%

Light 5 70%

Toner Save 95% Reduce toner consumption.

Draft Print 90% Data other than characters are roughly


printed.

Smoothing
Print the curved section of characters and images smoothly.

Smoothing

- [Type 1] is suitable for printing the diagonal lines of normal characters


and graphics.
- [Type 2] is suitable for printing the curved sections of normal characters.
- [Type 3] is suitable for printing the curved sections of ornamental writings
and fine characters.
- When [Off] is selected, no smoothing operation is made.

IC-203 12-27
PostScript PPD Printer Driver setting (Mac OS X)
12
12.11 Printer Info
You can confirm the printer information on the [Printer List] window.

!
Detail
Refer to the "The method to open the [Printer Info] window" on Page 12-
1.

Printer memory
Sets the printer driver to recognize the printer memory.

Finisher
Selects an installed Finisher.

Punch Z-Fold Unit


Selects an installed Punch Z-Fold Unit.

Cover Sheet Feeder


Selects an installed Cover Sheet Feeder.

Trimmer
Selects an installed Trimmer Unit.

Paper Sources
Selects an installed paper source.

IC-203 12-28
Troubleshooting
13

13 Troubleshooting
This chapter describes how to troubleshoot on using the print controller.

13.1 Basic Troubleshooting


This section describes how to troubleshoot. If problems are not resolved by
using the following procedure, contact your Konica Minolta service repre-
sentative.

First check the following ordinary causes of abnormalities:

1 Check the power of the main body printer (copier), computers and ca-
ble connections.

2 Check the LCD touch screen of the main body printer to find informa-
tion concerning the current trouble.

3 Make a print of [Configuration Page Print] from [Report Type] of [Con-


troller] in the Utility Mode of the copier, and check to see if it is set cor-
rectly.
Refer to Test Page Print on page 4-26 for more information about
Test Page.

4 Check the current status of the print controller.


Check the current status shown on the LCD of the control panel.
Touch the [Job List] on the touch panel of the copier to check the
job status.

When your job is being processed or waiting to be printed:


Windows:
The current status is displayed on the dialog shown by double-clicking [Start]
- [Printers and Faxes] - printing system currently used.
Macintosh:
The current status is displayed on the dialog shown by double-clicking the
currently-used printer icon on the desktop.

IC-203 13-1
Troubleshooting
13
13.2 General Problems of Printing
The Print Controller does not respond to the Print command.

1 Check that the printing system is selected as the current printer.


The printing system must be selected as the current printer on Win-
dows before printing.

2 Check that the power switch of the copier is turned on.

3 Print the Test Page from Windows/Macintosh.


When you cannot print a job from an application even though you
can print a test print, contact a system administrator or a service
representative.

4 If the message Error is displayed, check that the control panel is in


copy mode, not scanner mode.

Cannot select any media other than [Plain paper] from [Media].

1 For the PCL6 Driver, select [Restore Defaults] from the [Paper] tab or
[Cover] tab to restore the default setting.

2 Set [Paper Source] to a setting other than [Auto].

A message requesting a paper size you did not specify is displayed.

1 Cancel the job to change the paper size in the Page (Paper) Setup di-
alog on your application.

2 Touch and select the desired size displayed in the paper sizes area of
the control panel, then press [START]. The forced output will start.

You cannot print the test print.

1 Check the LCD of the main body printer control panel.


When Ready to copy is displayed on the LCD, go to Step 3.
When a diagnostic message or an error message is displayed on
the LCD, refer to the operating manual of the main body printer
(copier).
When the LCD is blank, go to Step 2.

IC-203 13-2
Troubleshooting
13
2 Press [POWER SAVER ON/OFF] on the control panel.
When the main body printer is used in the Power Save mode, press
this switch to show the LCD in the Display mode.

3 Try to make a copy.


When copying is available, go to Step 4.

4 Turn off the copier and wait for 10 seconds, then restart it. Print the test
print again after the print controller is ready.
Contact your Konica Minolta service representative if you cannot
print the test page after performing the above procedures.

The print setting of a job does not correspond to the result of printing.

1 Check that the printer setting was not changed.

Cannot select [Duplex]

1 In the case of the PCL printer driver, click [Restore Defaults] of the [Set-
up] tab and [Per Page Setting] tab, and return to the state of default.

2 Check that any item other than [Custom Size] or [Japanese Post Card]
is selected in [Output Tray]

3 Check that [Paper Type] setting is not [Transparency], [Transparency


Interleaving (Blank Sheet)], or [Transparency Interleaving (Printed)].

4 In the case of the PCL printer driver, check that the [Print type] setting
is not [Booklet].

Memory Overflow

1 Depending on the functions selected in the printer driver, occasional


memory overflow may occur if the volume of the print job is large. In
this case the print job is cancelled.
e.g., Booklet, Fold & Stitch, 2 in 1, etc.
In case of frequent Memory Overflow we recommend that you ex-
tend the memory capacity in the main body printer (copier).
When Print Controller Memory Overflow is displayed on the LCD
Touch Screen when you are using Duplex printing or another Appli-
cation function, you may cancel the print job and try to reprint with
another function.

IC-203 13-3
Troubleshooting
13
13.3 General Problems of PostScript
A PostScript Error message displays.
<Response>
A search can be made from [http://support.adobe.com/devsup/devsup.nsf/
main.html].

PostScript Error messages such as VMerror and limitcheck display.


<Response>
The printer (copier) may be short on memory capacity. Consider upgrading
the memory.

A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout


from any computers are in use.
<Response>
There may be loose connections in the printing system. Recheck all of con-
nections.

A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout


from a specific application.
<Response>
Error conditions may exist in the application. Try to print out a simple test file.
If this also does not succeed, reinstall the application in question.

A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout


from a specific file.
<Response>
It is possible that the print setting for the file is wrong, that graphics con-
tained in the file are damaged, or that bad elements are contained in the file.
Find a print setting that does not cause any PostScript Error message to ap-
pear, and try to get a printout. If this fails, save the file as a new file.

A PostScript Error message displays when attempting to get a printout


of a specific page.
<Response>
It is possible that elements or fonts used in the page are damaged, or a larger
memory capacity than currently available capacity is needed for the printout.
Try to print with specifying one element or font of the various ones in the
page. If this trial causes no problems, consider upgrading the memory.

IC-203 13-4
Troubleshooting
13
Fonts cannot be downloaded.
<Response>
It is possible that [Spool] is set to [On] in Printer Setting Menu on the copiers
control panel.
Set [Spool] to [Off], switch off the copiers main power, wait 10 seconds or
more, switch it back on, and then try downloading fonts again.
For details on how to download fonts, refer to the Users Guide that comes
with the fonts.

Non fixed size paper can not be printed correctly (Macintosh).


<Response>
The direction in which non fixed size paper is loaded in the copier may be
incorrect.
Rotate the paper direction 90 degrees and then try printing after changing
the settings of the driver and copier accordingly.

IC-203 13-5
Troubleshooting
13
13.4 Checking on Incomplete Jobs
If print jobs are not printed, you can check them on the Non complete Job
List screen.

To get the Non complete Job List screen to appear:

1 Press [Job List] on the LCD panel.

2 Press [Incomplete].

3 Check the Incomplete job.

!
Detail
For more information about job list, consult your system administrator.

IC-203 13-6
Font
14

14 Font
This chapter describes the font.

14.1 Font List (PCL)

IC-203 14-1
Font
14

IC-203 14-2
Font
14

IC-203 14-3
Font
14
14.2 Font List (PostScript)

IC-203 14-4
Font
14

IC-203 14-5
Font
14

IC-203 14-6
Font
14

IC-203 14-7
Font
14
14.3 Screen Fonts
True type font other than the standard fonts of Windows is contained in the
attached CD-ROM as the Screenfont.
Installing the screen font into your system accomplishes the WYSIWYG en-
vironment of the printer font and True type font. Resultantly, the printing per-
formance may be also improved.

True type font installation procedure (Windows 98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/


Server 2003)

1 Click [Start] of task bar.

2 Select [Settings]. (Windows 98/Me/NT4.0/2000 only)

3 Select [Control Panel].


[Control Panel] window appears.

4 Double-click [Fonts] icon.


If you use Windows XP/Server 2003, click [Appearance and
Themes] and then click [Fonts] under [See Also].
[Fonts] window appears.

5 Select [File] menu.

6 Select [Install New Font].


[Add Fonts] dialog appears.

7 Select a font to be added from the [\Screenfont] folder of IC-203 CD-


ROM or [\EN\Screen Fonts\PS Screen Fonts\TrueType (Core OS)] fold-
er of PS-503 CD-ROM.

8 Turn on [Copy fonts to Fonts folder] check box.

9 Click [OK].
PostScript Type 1 fonts are contained in the PS-503 CD-ROM.
The PostScript Type 1 font has the same design as the internal printer font.
It is recommended to install this font when desiring to match the monitor dis-
play with printed results in the case of printing when using the printer font.
For a list of the types of fonts available, refer to "Font List (PostScript)" on
Page 14-4.

IC-203 14-8
Font
14
For details on the installation of screen fonts, refer to the ReadMe file in the
Mac or Windows folder on the PS-503 CD-ROM.
The PS-503 CD-ROM includes two ReadMe files, one in the Mac folder,
and the other in the Windows folder. They are distinguished as follows:
ReadmeE.txt in the Windows folder
Readme(E) in the Mac folder

Screenfonts Installation procedure

A.How to install PostScript Type1 fonts under Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0


In order to use PostScript Type 1 fonts in Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0, you must
first install Adobe Type Manager (ATM), and then install the fonts through
ATM. ATM version 4.0 or higher is required for Windows 98/Me/NT4.0.
If ATM is not installed, you will need to install an ATM compliant to your OS
using the PS-503 CD-ROM.
Refer to "C. How to install ATM" on Page 14-13.
If ATM version is lower than which mentioned above, you must first uninstall
the lower ATM, and then install adequate ATM.

IC-203 14-9
Font
14
To Install Type1 fonts in Windows 98 and NT 4.0 using ATM Light 4.1:

1 Choose [Start] - [Programs] - [Ado-


be] - [Adobe Type Manager] - [Ado-
be Type Manager 4.1].

2 In ATM, click [Font] tab.

3 Choose [Browse For Fonts] from the [Source] pop-up menu.

4 Select to \EN\Screen Fonts\PS


Screen Fonts\Type 1 Fonts folder
on the PS-503 CD-ROM.

5 Select the fonts you want to install. You can click to select one font,
Ctrl-click to select several fonts, or Shift-click to select a contiguous
group of fonts.

6 Press [Add] button to install the


fonts.

IC-203 14-10
Font
14
7 Exit ATM.

IC-203 14-11
Font
14
B.How to install PostScript Type1 in Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 supports PostScript Type 1 fonts at the sys-
tem level just like TrueType fonts. You do not need to install ATM.

1 Choose [Start] - [Setting] - [Control Panel].

2 Double-click on the [Fonts] icon.

3 Go to the [File] menu, select [Install new font].

4 In the [folders] pane at the lower left, navigate to the location


\EN\Screen Fonts\PS Screen Fonts\Type 1 Fonts folder on the PS-
503 CD-ROM.

5 Click on [Select all].

6 Click on [OK].

IC-203 14-12
Font
14
C. How to install ATM

1 Turn on computer and start Windows.


ATM install program will require restart the computer after installa-
tion. Before installation, exit from all active applications, if running.

2 Double-click [atm41eng.exe] file in the \EN\Screenfonts folder of the


PS-503 CD-ROM.
The setup program starts running and an installation window appears.

3 Click [Next].

4 Select your country, then click


[Next].

5 Click [Yes].
Use of Adobe Type Manager (ATM) is subject to the terms and con-
ditions of the [Software License Agreement]. If you agree by them,
click [Yes].
The [User Information] window appears.

6 Type in user information (Name, Company), then click [Next]. You are
asked to confirm your entry. If it is OK, click [Yes].
The [Select Components] window appears.

IC-203 14-13
Font
14
7 Click [Next].

8 Click [Next].
The [Start Copying Files] window appears.

9 Click [Next].
The file copy process starts. Upon completion of the process, The
[Adobe Type Manager] window appears.

10 Click [Finish].
When the [Display Adobe Type
Manager Read Me file.] check
box is checked, clicking [Finish]
opens the ReadMe file.
After closing the ReadMe file or
unchecking [Display Adobe
Type Manager Read Me file.]
check box, the [Setup Com-
plete] window will appear when you click [Finish].

11 Click [Finish] and Windows restarts.


When Windows is restarted,
Adobe Type Manager (ATM)
goes into effect.

IC-203 14-14
Font
14
14.4 PostScript Downloading New Fonts
2
Reminder
In case of downloading fonts, see your system administrator.
Select [disk0] when downloading fonts onto the hard disk in the Print
Controller.
Downloaded to [disk1], the fonts are not available for use.
Downloading fonts to [disk1] might result in the Print Controller not func-
tioning Properly

2
Note
After having downloaded fonts, turn the copier off, wait 10 seconds at
least, then turn it back on. If you dont do so, you cannot use the down-
loaded fonts Properly.
For details on how to download fonts, refer to the Users Guide that comes
with the fonts.

IC-203 14-15
Utility Tool
15

15 Utility Tool
This chapter describes how to use the Utility Tool.

15.1 PageScope Web Connection


PageScope Web Connection can be used through the Browser application.

2
Note
This chapter describes the function which can be used by non-adminis-
trator of the print controller. About the functions used by the administra-
tor, refer to the Copiers Users Guide for POD Administrator for more
information about copier.
When the [Enhanced Security] is ON, the PageScope Web Connection
function cannot be used. When the [Enhanced Security] is turned from
ON to OFF, the PageScope Web Connection function is kept at [OFF].
To enable the PageScope Web Connection function, contact your ad-
ministrator.

IC-203 15-1
Utility Tool
15
15.1.1 Outline of the PageScope Web Connection
This section describes the outline of the PageScope Web Connection.
The Administrator of the print controller can change the settings of the print
controller with this tool.
The general users can display the status of the print controller but cannot
change the settings.
This chapter describes the functions that can be used by the general user.

Status to be shown
You can display the status of the print controller by using PageScope Web
Connection.
The status you can display are as follows;
- Summary
- Device Information
- Detail - Input Tray
- Detail - Output Tray
- Detail - Hard Disk
- Detail - Interface Information
- Detail - Consumables
- Counter
- Online Assistance
- Active Job List - Prin
- Active Job List - Scan Send
- Done Job List - Print
- Done Job List - Scan Send
- Default Setting - General Setting
- Default Setting - PCL Setting
- Default Setting - PS Setting
- Default Setting - TIFF Setting

Report to be printed
You can print the report as follows;
- Configuration page
- PCL Font List
- PCL Demo Page
- PostScript Font List
- PostScript Font Page

IC-203 15-2
Utility Tool
15
15.1.2 Start the PageScope Web Connection
How to start the PageScope Web Connection
PageScope Web Connection can be used through the Browser application.

1 Start the Browser application.

2 Enter the IP address of the print controller in the [Address] and press
the [Enter] / [Return] key.
The top page of the PageScope Web Connection appears.

!
Detail
Contact your administrator about IP address of the print controller.

Display the variable status

Summary

1 Click [System] from the top navigation.


The [System] page appears.

2 Click [Summary] from the left navigation.


The [Summary] page appears.

IC-203 15-3
Utility Tool
15
Device Information

1 Click [System] from the top navigation.


The [System] page appears.

2 Click [Device Information] from the left navigation.


The [Device Information] page appears.

IC-203 15-4
Utility Tool
15
Detail - Input Tray

1 Click [System] from the top navigation.


The [System] page appears.

2 Click [Detail] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Detail] appears.

3 Click [Input Tray] from the sub navigation.


The [Input Tray] page appears.

IC-203 15-5
Utility Tool
15
Detail - Output Tray

1 Click [System] from the top navigation.


The [System] page appears.

2 Click [Detail] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Detail] appears.

3 Click [Output Tray] from the sub navigation.


The [Output Tray] page appears.

IC-203 15-6
Utility Tool
15
Detail - Hard Disk

1 Click [System] from the top navigation.


The [System] page appears.

2 Click [Detail] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Detail] appears.

3 Click [Hard Disk] from the sub navigation.


The [Hard Disk] page appears.

IC-203 15-7
Utility Tool
15
Detail - Interface Information

1 Click [System] from the top navigation.


The [System] page appears.

2 Click [Detail] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Detail] appears.

3 Click [Interface Information] from the sub navigation.


The [Interface Information] page appears.

IC-203 15-8
Utility Tool
15
Detail - Consumables

1 Click [System] from the top navigation.


The [System] page appears.

2 Click [Detail] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Detail] appears.

3 Click [Consumables] from the sub navigation.


The [Consumables] page appears.

IC-203 15-9
Utility Tool
15
Counter

1 Click [System] from the top navigation.


The [System] page appears.

2 Click [Counter] from the left navigation.


The [Counter] page appears.

IC-203 15-10
Utility Tool
15
Online Assistance

1 Click [System] from the top navigation.


The [System] page appears.

2 Click [Online Assistance] from the left navigation.


The [Online Assistance] page appears.

IC-203 15-11
Utility Tool
15
Active Job List - Print

1 Click [Job] from the top navigation.


The [Job] page appears.

2 Click [Active Job List] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Active Job List] appears.

3 Click [Print] from the sub navigation.


The [Print] page appears.

IC-203 15-12
Utility Tool
15
Active Job List - Scan Transmission

1 Click [Job] from the top navigation.


The [Job] page appears.

2 Click [Active Job List] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Active Job List] appears.

3 Click [Scan Transmission] from the sub navigation.


The [Scan Transmission] page appears.

IC-203 15-13
Utility Tool
15
Done Job List - Print

1 Click [Job] from the top navigation.


The [Job] page appears.

2 Click [Done Job List] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Done Job List] appears.

3 Click [Print] from the sub navigation.


The [Print] page appears.

4 Select job from the list and click .


The [Detail] page appears.

IC-203 15-14
Utility Tool
15
Done Job List - Scan Transmission

1 Click [Job] from the top navigation.


The [Job] page appears.

2 Click [Done Job List] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Done Job List] appears.

3 Click [Scan Transmission] from the sub navigation.


The [Scan Transmission] page appears.

4 Select job from the list and click .


The [Detail] page appears.

IC-203 15-15
Utility Tool
15
Default Setting - General Setting

1 Click [Print] from the top navigation.


The [Print] page appears.

2 Click [Default Setting] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Default Setting] appears.

3 Click [General Setting] from the sub navigation.


The [General Setting] page appears.

IC-203 15-16
Utility Tool
15
Default Setting - PCL Settings

1 Click [Print] from the top navigation.


The [Print] page appears.

2 Click [Default Setting] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Default Setting] appears.

3 Click [PCL Settings] from the sub navigation.


The [PCL Settings] page appears.

IC-203 15-17
Utility Tool
15
Default Setting - PS Settings

1 Click [Print] from the top navigation.


The [Print] page appears.

2 Click [Default Setting] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Default Setting] appears.

3 Click [PS Settings] from the sub navigation.


The [PS Settings] page appears.

IC-203 15-18
Utility Tool
15
Default Setting - TIFF Settings

1 Click [Print] from the top navigation.


The [Print] page appears.

2 Click [Default Setting] from the left navigation.


The Sub navigation of the [Default Setting] appears.

3 Click [TIFF Settings] from the sub navigation.


The [TIFF Settings] page appears.

IC-203 15-19
Utility Tool
15
15.1.3 Print the Report
How to print the report

1 Click [Print] from the top navigation.


The [Print] page appears.

2 Click [Report Types] from the left navigation.


The [Report Types] page appears.

3 Select the report type to be printed.

4 Click [Print].
The report is printed.

2
Note
About the report type, refer to Report to be printed on page 15-2.

IC-203 15-20
Utility Tool
15
15.2 Using KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool
This printing system employs a method which sends the print job directly to
the print controller from the Windows 98/Me compliant computer, not
through the dedicated print server.
This is called peer-to-peer printing.
As KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool uses the network protocol
TCP/IP, the network interface card must be set up for TCP/IP in advance. For
each of the Windows 98/Me computers that perform peer-to-peer printing, it
is necessary to set up TCP/IP, install and set up [KONICA MINOLTA Peer to
Peer Printing Tool] included in the accompanying CD-ROM, and set up the
printer driver.

Installation of IP Peer-to-Peer
To install the KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool, double click [Set-
up.exe] in the [Peer2Peer] folder of the accompanying CD-ROM. The installer
will start. Install the program according to the instructions displayed on the
screen.

1 Insert the accompanying CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive, and dou-
ble-click on [Setup.exe] in the /Peer2Peer folder.

2 Click [Next].
The [License Agreement] window
will appear.

3 Click [Yes].

IC-203 15-21
Utility Tool
15
4 Click [Finish].
The [Select Program Folder] win-
dow will appear.

Uninstallation of KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool


When uninstalling the KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool, perform
the following procedure.

1 Change the printer port or delete the printing system using KONICA
MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool from the [Printers] folder.

2 Delete the [KONICA MINOLTA Peer to Peer Printing Tool] by using


[Add/Delete Applications] from the [Control Panel].

Perform Peer to Peer Printing


To perform Peer to Peer Printing, add a port on the printer driver by the fol-
lowing steps.

1 Select [Start]-[Settings]-[Printers], and display the [Printers] window.

2 Right-click the printer icon in use and select [Properties].

3 Open the screen where you can


add a port, and click [Add Port].
Screens for [Add Port] differ
depending on the printer driv-
er in use.

IC-203 15-22
Utility Tool
15
4 Check [Other] radio button. Se-
lect [KONIKA MINOLTA Peer to
Peer Port], and click [OK].
[KONIKA MINOLTA Peer to Peer
Setup] window appears.

5 Perform the setup.

Manual Setup
Use this button when the device to which you want to create a port
is not on the list and it needs to be created manually.
Device List
Select either TCP/IP or IPX/SPX as the network on which you have
the printer you want to use.
If this device is connected to the network, it is automatically
searched and displayed on the list.
Status
When you click , the printer on the network is searched.
Add Port
When you select the printer on the list and press this button, a port
is added.
Port Number
Input the port you create with TCP/IP.

IC-203 15-23
Utility Tool
15
To perform the setup manually, click [Manual setup].

Device Name (DNS Name)


Specify a printer name on the network.
IP Address
Specify an IP address of the printer.
Hardware Address
Specify a MAC address of the printer.
Port Number
Specify a port number of the port you create.
Print Server Name
Specify a print server name of the printer on the IPX/SPX network.
Network Address
Specify a network address of the printer on the IPX/SPX network.
Add Port
Create a port with the specified details.

6 Confirm the details of the setup on the setup screen. If it is OK, close
the setup screen by clicking the close box on the upper right of the win-
dow.

7 Click [OK] to close properties window of printer driver.

2
Note
The bizhub PRO 920 is not corresponding to the IPX/SPX-P2P.

IC-203 15-24
Utility Tool
15
15.3 Internet Printing
This printing system works with IPP (Internet Printing Protocol).
IPP lets you send a print job to a printer connected to the Internet or an in-
tranet. With this protocol, this printing system will produce outputs as re-
quested via Internet or intranet.

Computer

Internet

Copier

Settings on the Copier


To run a print job over IPP, TCP/IP settings must have been previously es-
tablished.
You can also set IPP attributes. To do this, contact your network administra-
tor about network setting.

IC-203 15-25
Utility Tool
15
Settings on Windows 2000
Complete the steps shown below to add the printer on your computer run-
ning under Windows 2000. TCP/IP settings must have already been set up
on your computer. You need the accompanying CD-ROM which includes the
printer driver.

1 Click [Start], and select [Printers] from [Settings].

2 Double-click [Add Printer] to run the [Add Printer Wizard].

3 Click [Next].

4 Choose [Network printer] and


click [Next].

5 Choose [Connect to a printer on


the Internet or your intranet].

6 Enter the copier's URL in the [URL] field like this:


http:// printer's IP address :631/ipp
In the printer's IP address column, enter the IP address assigned
to your Network Interface Card. Alternatively, you can enter the
host name of the printer's (NIC's) host name if DNS is set up on your
network.
If you designate the proxy setting in your Internet Explorer, you may
access your printer over IPP. For more information contact your
network administrator.

7 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] will appear.

IC-203 15-26
Utility Tool
15
8 The wizard will take you through the process of installing the printer
driver of the [Add Printer Wizard].

!
Detail
Refer to "Installing to Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003(PCL6/PPD)" on
Page 5-13.

Settings on Windows XP
Complete the steps shown below to add the printer on your computer run-
ning under Windows XP. TCP/IP settings must have already been set up on
your computer. You need the accompanying CD-ROM which includes the
printer driver.

1 Click [Start] of the task bar. Then, select [Printers and Faxes] of the
Start menu.

2 Double-click [Add a printer] to run the [Add Printer Wizard].

3 Click [Next].

4 Choose [Network printer] and


click [Next].

5 Choose [Connect to a printer on the Internet or your intranet].

6 Enter the copier's URL in the [URL] field like this:


http:// printer's IP address :631/ipp
In the printer's IP address column, enter the IP address assigned
to your Network Interface Card. Alternatively, you can enter the
host name of the printer's (NIC's) host name if DNS is set up on your
network.
If you designate the proxy setting in your Internet Explorer, you may
access the your printer over IPP. For more information contact your
network administrator.

IC-203 15-27
Utility Tool
15
7 Click [Next].
The [Add Printer Wizard] will appear.

8 The wizard will take you through the process of installing the printer
driver of the [Add Printer Wizard].

!
Detail
Refer to "Installing to Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003(PCL6/PPD)" on
Page 5-13.

Setting on Mac OS X v10.3x, v10.4x


If you perform IPP Print on MAC OS X v10.3x/v10.4x, you can set it up when
you add a printer to the printer list after installing the printer driver.

0 For more information on installing the printer driver, refer to "Installing to


Macintosh (Mac OS X)" on Page 5-24.

1 Open [System Preference] and


select [Print & Fax].

2 Select [Set Up Printers].

3 Select [Add].

4 Select [IP Print] as a connection


method for a printer.

5 Select [IPP (Internet Printing Pro-


tocol)] and printers URL.

6 Select [KONICA MINOLTA] from


the [Printer Model], and select the corresponding printer.

7 Click [Add].

8 Close [Printer List] window.

IC-203 15-28
Utility Tool
15
15.4 NetWare
This printing system works with IPX/SPX (Internetwork Packet Exchange /
Sequenced Packet Exchange).
This section explains how to configure a NetWare File Server, a NetWare
Print Server, and a NetWare queue.
The print controller supports the system environment described below.

NetWare Version Protocol Emulation Service Mode

NetWare 3.2 IPX Bindery Pserver/Rprinter

NetWare 4.x IPX NDS Pserver/Nprinter

NetWare 5.x IPX NDS Pserver

NetWare 6 TCP/IP NDPS(lpr)

Setup for NetWare 3.x


Before setting up NetWare, you have to define the print server name, etc.,
from the Web Utilities.
The setup procedure of NetWare 3.x is as follows. To perform this procedure,
you need authorization to perform this procedure.

1 Start up PCONSOLE and select the file server to use.


Refer to the manual of Novell NetWare for setting up with PCON-
SOLE.

2 Generate and assign a print queue.

3 Define the network interface card as the print server.

4 Define the notification list/password as necessary.

5 Set up the primary file server as necessary.


On completion of setup, turn off the main power of the print controller and
the main body printer and turn it on again.
The main body printer will print out a Status Page indicating the file servers
equipped with print server and the queues that the file servers will service.

IC-203 15-29
Utility Tool
15
2
Note
Define the primary file sever if the network connects to many sites and
has more than one file server. PCONSOLE should be used to set up the
primary file sever.

Setup for NetWare 4.x-6


Novell NetWare 4.x-6 can operate in two modes, NetWare Directory Service
(NDS) and Bindery Emulation Service (Bindery Emulation). Bindery Emulation
and NDS will be executed simultaneously. It is also possible to set up the
print server so that it operates only in Bindery Emulation mode or in NDS
mode.
The print server set up for NDS mode will also service the file server of an old
version operating in Bindery mode.
If NDS is not set up properly for the print server and Bindery Service mode is
not operating, the print server cannot find the file server and Novell NetWare
protocol will be indicated as inactive in the Status Page.

Setup information

NDS
Novell Directory Service (NDS) offers a different, more advanced approach
to network management than previous NetWare versions. Generally, it stores
and tracks all network objects.
All 4.x-6 servers must have NDS loaded in order to function. In this way, eve-
ry NetWare 4.x-6 server is a Directory server, because it services named Di-
rectory objects such as printing systems, print server and print queues.
With the appropriate privileges, you can create a print server object, which,
once configured in its context (or location) on the network, eliminates the set-
up of print servers on every network server.
NDS provides true enterprise networking based on a shared network data-
base rather than individually defined physical sites. The result is a greatly im-
proved print server setup and management.

Bindery Emulation
NetWare 4.x-6 also provides backward compatibility for 3.x and 4.x-6 print
service through Bindery emulation.
The Directory Information Base (DIB) is used to store information about serv-
ers and services, users, printing systems, gateways, etc. It is a distributed
database, allowing access to data anywhere on the network wherever it is
stored.

IC-203 15-30
Utility Tool
15
Pre-4.x-6 NetWare versions provide the same data found in the DIB but the
data is stored in the NetWare Bindery. The DIB was designed with more flex-
ible access, more specific security, and, since it is distributed, was designed
to be partitioned.
The Directory uses an object-oriented structure, rather than the flat-file struc-
ture of the Bindery, and offers network-oriented access, rather than server-
oriented access found in the Bindery.
The Directory is backward-compatible with the NetWare Bindery through
Bindery Emulation mode. When Bindery emulation is enabled, Directory
Services will accept Bindery requests and respond just as if a Bindery exist-
ed on the NetWare server being accessed.
Be aware that information obtained from the Bindery query may not be
stored in the server since the Directory is a partitioned and distributed data-
base. Even though the NetWare 4.x-6 server is not operating from a Bindery,
the applications making Bindery requests will not know the difference.

NDS setup

PageScope Web Connection


See your system administrator about PageScope Web Connection.

Novell NWADMIN
Novell NWADMIN (NetWare Administration) is used to generate a directory
tree and print queue objects in the print server, printing system and tree.
The network interface card is provided with a plug-and-play feature to sup-
port NetWare administration utility (NWADMIN) that enables the NDS admin-
istrator to perform centralized management of print servers.

!
Detail
Refer to the Novell NetWare manual for details of Setup with NWADMIN.

PCONSOLE
NetWare allows the use of PCONSOLE as an alternative of NWADMIN.
PCONSOLE is used to set up static information of print servers regarding
which queues to service and to whom information is given in case of trouble.

IC-203 15-31
Utility Tool
15

!
Detail
Refer to the Novell NetWare manual for details of setup with PCONSOLE
of NDS.

Setup for Bindery Emulation

Make sure of the Bindery Context.


Before connecting the print server (network interface card) to the Novell Net-
Ware 4.x-6 server of Bindery mode, make sure that the NetWare server con-
tains the bindery context.
If the bindery context does not exist, the network administrator should mod-
ify the AUTOEXEC.NCF file to add an adequate SET command and restart
the NetWare server or enter a SET command from the console prompt to
make changes.
Note that any command entered following the console prompt is effective
immediately but the definition of the autoexec.ncf file becomes effective only
after turning off power and on again.

Setup with PCONSOLE in Bindery mode.


If you are sure that the bindery context exists in the file server, you can set
up the print server with PCONSOLE.

!
Detail
Refer to the Novell NetWare manual for details of setup with PCONSOLE.
In Bindery mode, only upper-case letters are valid for the printer server
password.

IC-203 15-32
Utility Tool
15
15.5 UNIX Printing through TCP/IP
This section explains how to configure the network interface card and your
network for use with TCP/IP communication in various UNIX environments.
Independent setup and installation procedures are provided for most popu-
lar UNIX systems.
The TCP/IP capability of the network interface card will also operate with lpr
spoolers on other systems, and with spooler/supervisor capabilities that
communicate raw print jobs to the TCP/IP port of the network interface card.
This port number is 10001.

2
Note
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol for network
management services. SNMP is supported for Management Information
Base (MIB) II over the IP for the network interface card. This support al-
lows you to query MIB II to get system information about the network in-
terface card.
The network interface card can support UNIX TCP/IP printing in two modes:
- Host-based where a supplied line printer daemon is run on one or more
workstations and print data is communicated to the network interface
card via a TCP/IP port.
- Printer-based lpd where the print controller appears as a host running a
line printer daemon.
Many operating systems provide the option of using host-resident printing or
printer-resident printing.
In general, printer-based lpd is easier to use on BSD UNIX systems. This re-
quires an entry in the printcap file once the network interface card has its IP
information. Some UNIX System V systems have restrictions on support of
remote lpd printers, requiring that the host-based lpd approach be used.
Each printing mode has certain advantages over the other mode, as follows:
- The host-resident method can print the username and filename on its
banner page; whereas the printer-resident method prints a banner page
with the host's name.
- The printer-resident method requires you to configure the print controller
and the network interface card only one time, when you install the net-
work interface card; whereas, the host-resident method requires that a
printing daemon be installed on every host that you want to be able to
print jobs.

IC-203 15-33
Utility Tool
15
2
Note
The network interface card will also operate with other host-resident print
supervisor/spooler programs that present a print image to the print con-
troller over a TCP/IP port.

Printing overview
Considering both the host-based and printer-based TCP/IP printing capabil-
ities, the network interface card works with the following systems:
- All UNIX systems that support lpd
- System V Rel. 4 (on 386 platforms)
- DEC ULTRIX RISC Versions 4.3 and 4.4
- DEC OSF/1 Versions 2.0 and 3.0
- Solaris:
Version 1.1.3 (SunOS 4.1.3),
Version 2.3 (SunOS 5.3),
Version 2.4, and
Version 2
- HP-UX Series 700 and 800 Version 9.01 and Version 10
- IBM AIX Version 3.2.5 and Version 4.0
- SCO UNIX Version 3.2
- AS400

2
Note
If the systems you are using do not run lpd, refer to Installing UNIX TCP/
IP programs.
The UNIX-TCP/IP Programs on accompanying CD-ROM also include
source code so that you can recompose host-based code for configuring
on other System V platforms.

Configuring IP address to the network interface card


Regardless of the printing mode selected, the network interface card must
be given the IP address and routing parameters. You can configure the IP ad-
dress for the network interface card in one of the following ways:
- Use DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol).
- Use arp and ping capability.
- Use BOOTP (Internet Boot Protocol).
- Use reverse ARP (rarp) capability (Ethernet II frame type only).
- Use arp command, MAP (Management Access Program), or BOOTP Lite
for Windows.

IC-203 15-34
Utility Tool
15
2
Note
You can use the BOOTP, rarp, or arp and ping procedures only when the
network interface card is in its default state (when no IP information has
been entered).
Depending on the topology, you may need to provide the MAC address of
the network interface card. The MAC address is the 12-character code that
is printed on the Status Page each time the print controller and the main body
printer is turned on.
After the network interface card has an IP address, you must use the MAP
utility, or other dedicated utilities (for Windows or Macintosh) to change an
IP address, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway.

lpd UNIX Printing


lpd is an implementation of the standard UNIX line printer daemon that lets
you print across a TCP/IP network without the need to install software on
your workstation, with all filtering and banners done by the network interface
card.
Remote printing uses the same commands (lpr, lpq, lpc) as local printing.
The process begins when the lpr call finds the printer on a remote system by
looking at the remote (rm) entry in the /etc/printcap file for that printer.
lpr handles a print job for a remote printer by opening a connection with the
lpd process on the remote system and sending the data file (followed by the
control file containing control information for this job) to the remote system.
The printer-based lpd then filters the data and prints the job according to in-
formation contained in the control file and its own printcap file.
The network interface card lpd recognizes the format of a certain printer em-
ulation and filters the data, if possible, so it can be printed on the printer you
specify.
You can indicate to the network interface card lpd what type of print control-
ler it is attached to by either:
- Accepting the default port setting (PCL, PostScript and other), or
- Changing the listed emulations via a standard IP based Web Browser.
The sections that follow give specific lpd setup instructions for various sys-
tems.

Setting Up a BSD Remote Printer to Use lpd


To set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to the network inter-
face card using printer resident lpd, add an entry to the /etc/printcap file on
your host for each printer you use. Perform the following procedure:

IC-203 15-35
Utility Tool
15
1 Open the /etc/printcap file.
Make an entry naming the network interface card as the remote
host and PRINT as the remote printer name. A typical printcap entry
is as follows:
<printer_name>\ (for example, lprprinter)
:lp=:\
:rm=<remote_host>:\ (for example, name as entered in /etc/hosts)
:rp=PRINT
:sd=/usr/spool/lpd/<printer_name>:
(for example, spool directory on system used to spool data and
control files)
This entry will send jobs spooled at /usr/spool/lpd/<printer_name> to
the printer designated <printer_name> to be printed at PRINT (the in-
ternal connection to the printer) of the network interface card designat-
ed as <remote_host>.

2 Create the spooling directory. For example, type:


mkdir /usr/spool/lpd/<printer_name>

3 To print via the spooler, use the lpr command. Type:


lpr-P <printer_name> < file_name>
Installation and testing are done. You are now ready to print.

Setting Up an AIX version 2.5 Remote Printer to Use lpd


Use the following procedure to set up a remote printer on the host that sends
jobs to the network interface card using the lpd of the network interface card.

1 At the prompt, type:


#smit spooler <cr>

2 When a window appears, select [Manage Remote Printers].

3 When a menu appears, select [Client Services].

4 Another menu appears, select [Remote Printer Queues].

5 Another menu appears, select [Add a Remote Queue].

6 When a window appears, change the values shown to configure the


network interface card.
The values displayed are default values. You must replace the short
and long form filter values with the values shown in the following ta-
ble.

IC-203 15-36
Utility Tool
15
7 After you have supplied all values, press Enter.
You can now print.

Data Requested Example Data Description

Name of queue to ad print1 Name of local printer

queue Destination Host printfast NIC IP hostname

Short Form Filter /usr/lpd/bsdshort Required value

Long Form Filter /usr/lpd/bsdlong Required value

Name of remote printer PRINT Network interface card


queue

Name of device to add print1 Name of local queue

Setting Up an AIX 4.0 System


Use these procedures to install the network interface card in a AIX 4.0 sys-
tem:

1 Run SMIT Printer.

2 Select [Print Spooling].

3 Select [Add a Print Queue].

4 Select [Remote].

5 Use [Standard Processing].

6 Assign a queue name.

7 Use the host address of the Network Interface Card for the Remote
System.

8 Use [PRINT] for the queue on the remote system.

9 Add a description (optional).

10 Press [Enter] to generate.


Installation is complete. Test your printer by executing the following
command:
lp -d<queue_name> <file_name>

IC-203 15-37
Utility Tool
15
Setting Up an HP-UX Remote Printer to Use lpd
Set up a remote printer on the host that sends jobs to the network interface
card using the lpd of the network interface card. To do this:

1 At the prompt, type:


sam

2 When a window appears, select [Printer/Plotter Manager].

3 When the menu appears, select [List printer and plotters].

4 When a list appears, select [Actions] in the title bar.

5 From the pull-down menu, select [Add Remote Printer].

6 When a window appears, add values to configure the network interface


card.

7 At the bottom of the screen, select [Remote Printer is on BSD system]


from the three choices available.

8 Click on the [OK].

9 Ping the unit to test communications. Type:


ping <IP address of the network interface card>

10 Ping should confirm your IP address with the message:


<IP address of the network interface card> is alive

11 If the connection is confirmed, you can now print.

See example below.

Data Requested Example Description of Input Data

Printer Name myprinter name to be used in lp com-


mand

Remote System Name fastprint Network Interface Card host-


name as in /etc/hosts

Remote printer Name PRINT lpd queue name

IC-203 15-38
Utility Tool
15
Setting Up an AS/400 System to Use lpd
When working with the output queue description (WORKOUTQD), there are
several fields that must be defined for the network interface card to function
properly as a remote printer device.
Use the following procedure to define fields for the network interface card to
make it function as a remote printer:

1 When prompted for the remote system, type INTNETADR so the AS/
400 recognizes the device as an IP device

2 Port must be [PRINT].

3 Connection type must be [IP].

4 Internet address must be the IP address of the network interface card.

5 Destination type must be [OTHER].

6 When prompted for transforming SCS to ASCII, type YES to allow the
AS/400 do the character translation.

7 Manufacturer type and model must be the print driver that goes with
your print controller.

Setting Up a DEC ULTRIX 4.3 RISC or OSF1 Remote Printer


Use the following procedure to set up a remote printer on the host that sends
jobs to the network interface card.

1 At the prompt, type: lprsetup, then select [add].

2 Enter a name for your printer, then press [Enter].

3 Do you want more information on specific printer types? Press Enter.


A list of ULTRIX-supported printers is listed.

4 Type: remote, and press [Enter].

5 Enter a printer synonym (alias) and press [Enter].

6 Designate a spooler directory and press [Enter], or accept the default


spooler directory displayed and press [Enter].

7 Designate a remote system name and press [Enter].

8 Designate PRINT as the remote system printer name and press [Enter].

IC-203 15-39
Utility Tool
15
9 You are asked to enter the name of a printcap symbol from a displayed
list. Type: Q, and press [Enter].

10 Your configuration is displayed.


You are asked whether these values are final. Type: Y or N, and press
Enter. An example is shown below.

11 Add comments to the printcap file. For example, you can type:
Lois' printer down the hall <Enter>

12 Select exit to save your configuration, then press [Enter].


You are now prepared to print.

Printer #7 Symbol Type Representative Value

lp (line printer) STR

rm (remote host) STR Network Interface Card_host

rp (remote printer) STR PRINT

sd (spooler directory) STR /usr/spool/lpd7

IC-203 15-40
Utility Tool
15
Setting Up a SCO UNIX Remote Printer to Use lpd
Use the following procedure to set up a remote printer on the host that sends
jobs to the network interface card using lpd.

1 At the prompt, enter the mkdev rlp command.


You cannot run mkdev rlp twice. If you have additional printers to
be configured, use the rlpconf command.

2 You are now asked a series of questions. Respond as follows (shown


in bold type):
Please enter a printer name: lprprinter1
Is lprprinter1 a remote printer or a local printer? R
Enter remote host name: lprprinter
Confirm the information you entered: Y
Confirm the preceding connection as your system
default: Y
Enter another printer name or quit setup: Q

3 If necessary, stop and restart your remote daemon.

4 Using a line editor of your choice, edit the /etc/printcap file and change
the:
rp=entry to PRINT.

IC-203 15-41
Utility Tool
15
Setting Up System V Release 4 and Solaris 2.X to Use lpd
If your system recognizes the LPSYSTEM command, you do not need to in-
stall the dedicated utility, Konica Minolta's host-side software. Another op-
tion is the admintool if your system supports it.
LPSYSTEM Installation
The following procedure must be executed from the Bourne Shell.
Type: SH then press Enter to enter the Bourne Shell program.
Use the following procedures to install LPSYSTEM:

1 lpsystem -t bsd < Print server host name in /etc/hosts file >

2 lpadmin -p <local printername> -s <remote host name or IP address>


!PRINT
Your system may want its IP address instead of the remote host
name.

3 Enable <local printername>

4 Accept <local printername>

5 Printing on Linux

Printing on Linux

1 Start x terminal.

2 At the command prompt, enter the printtool command.


The Red Hat Print System Manager window opens.

3 The Red Hat Print System Manager window opens.

4 Click the Add button.


The Add Printer Entry window opens.

5 Choose Remote Unix (lpd) Queue and click OK.


The Edit Remote Unix Queue Entry window opens.
Specify the following:
The printer name
The spooler directory (typically, /usr/spool/lpd/prntr-name)
The IP address of the Network Interface Card (in the Remote Host
field)
PRINT (in In the Remote Queue field)

IC-203 15-42
Utility Tool
15
An input filter (optional)
When you finish, click OK.

6 Restart the daemon by choosing lpd -> Restart lpd in the Print Server
Manager.

IC-203 15-43
Appendix
16

16 Appendix
16.1 Glossary

Item Description

10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/ Types of specifications in compliance with the Ether-


1000BASE-TX net standard.
Cables made of two stranded copper wire rods are
used.
Communication speed is 10Mbps with 10Base-T,
100Mbps with 100Base-TX, and 1000Mbps with
1000Base-TX.

AppleTalk General term of protocols to perform the network


functions developed by Apple.

bit Abbreviation of Binary Digit. Minimum unit of infor-


mation (volume of data) handled with a computer,
printer, etc. Data is denoted by 0 or 1.

Bit map font Font to express the form of a character by a collec-


tion of dots.
Large size characters have notches.

BMP Abbreviation of Bitmap. One of the file formats to


save image data *extension; .bmp).
Generally used on Windows. No. of colors from
black/white (binary) to full color (16,777,216 colors)
image can be designated. Basically the image is
saved without being compressed.

BOOTP Abbreviation of BOOTstrap Protocol. A protocol for


a client machine on the TCP/IP network to automat-
ically read the setting for the network from a server.
Currently, however, DHCP which was partially im-
proved on the basis of BOOTP is mainly used.

Client A computer which uses services provided by servers


through the network.

Contrast Difference between bright and dark areas of image


(difference between light and darkness).
Image of a little difference between light and dark-
ness is called image of low contrast, and the image
of a large difference is called image of high con-
trast.

Default Initial set value.


Setting which has been selected in advance when
the power button is turned ON.
Or, setting which has been selected in advance
when some function is turned ON.

Density Quantity to express the depth of image.

IC-203 16-1
Appendix
16
Item Description

DHCP Abbreviation of Dynamic Host Configuration Proto-


col.
A protocol for a client machine on the TCP/IP net-
work to automatically read the setting for the net-
work from a server.
Only by controlling the IP addresses for the DHCP
clients collectively with the DHCP server, a network
can be easily constructed avoiding duplicate ad-
dresses.

DNS Abbreviation of Domain Name System.


A system to allow to acquire an appropriate IP ad-
dress from the host name in the network environ-
ment. Users can specify the name of the host instead
of the IP address which is difficult to memorize and
distinguish and access the other personal computer
on the network.

DPI (dpi) Abbreviation of Dots Per Inch. Unit of resolution used


with printers, scanners, etc.
Represents a number of dots in a collection in one
inch.
As this value increases, more detailed expression is
possible.

Driver Software to act intermediately between the compu-


ter and peripheral devices.

EPS Abbreviation of Encapsulated PostScript. One of the


file formats for illustration (extension; .eps). Data for
both low and high resolution is contained. Data for
low resolution can be edited on the screen at a high
speed. At the time of printing, output of the highest
performance of the printer can be obtained with the
data for high resolution.

Ethernet Standard for the LAN transmission line.

Extension A string attached to a file name to distinguish the file


saving method.
Denoted following a period like .bmp, .hog, etc.

Frame type A type of communication form used in the Netware


environment.
Communication can be performed only between the
same type of frames.

FTP Abbreviation of File Transfer Protocol. A protocol


used to transfer files on the TCP/IP network such as
Internet, Intranet, etc.

Gamma Value representing relative relation between input


signal and actual output. Used for displays, scan-
ners, printers and other color peripheral devices.

Gateway Hardware or software serving as a point connecting


networks. Not only connecting, it converts the for-
mat, address, protocol, etc. of the data according to
the network to be connected.

Gradation Light and shade levels of image.


Larger numbers can reproduce changes of density
more smoothly.

IC-203 16-2
Appendix
16
Item Description

Gray scale Monochromatic image expression method making


use of the gradation information from black to white.

GSS-SPNEGO/Simple/Digest Authentication forms used at the log on to an LDAP


MD5 server. Authentication forms of LDAP servers vary
depending on servers to be used and server setup so
that the GSS-SPENEGO, Simple, or Direct MD5 au-
thentication forms is appropriately used.

Half tone Method to express the gradation of each part of the


image by the size of the black or white point.

Hard disk Mass storage device to save data.


The data is maintained even if the power is turned
OFF.

Host name Name of a device on the network.

HTTP Abbreviation of HyperText Transfer Protocol. A pro-


tocol used to transmit or receive data between a web
server and client (web browser, etc.). Files of image,
voice, animation, etc. correlated with the document
can be exchanged including the expression form and
other information.

IEEE1284 Abbreviation of Institute of Electrical and Electronic


Engineers 1284. Parallel port standard developed for
printers.

Install To incorporate the hardware, OS, application, printer


driver, etc. to a computer system.

IP address A code (address) to identify individual network devic-


es on the Internet. Comprises 4 sets of figures of 3
digits at the maximum such as 192.168.1.10. An IP
address is allocated to all computers and other de-
vices connected to the Internet.

IPP Abbreviation of Internet Printing Protocol. A protocol


to control the transmission and reception of printing
data or printing devices through the Internet or other
TCP/IP networks. Data can be transmitted to a re-
mote printer through the Internet and printed there.

IPX/SPX Abbreviation of Internetwork Packet eXchange/Se-


quenced Packet eXchange. A protocol developed by
Novel to be generally used in the NetWare environ-
ment.

JPEG Abbreviation of Joint Photographic Experts Group.


One of file formats to save image data (extension;
.jpg).
Compression rate is approximately 1/10 to 1/100.
The compression system is remarkably effective to
compress photos or other natural images.

LAN Abbreviation of Local Area Network. A network con-


necting computers on the same floor, in the same
building, in the buildings nearby, etc.

Local printer A printer connected to the parallel/USB port of a


computer.

IC-203 16-3
Appendix
16
Item Description

LPR/LPD Abbreviation of Line Printer Request/Line Printer


Daemon.
A type of printing through a network of the Windows-
NT system or UNIX system. Printing data from Win-
dows or UNIX can be transmitted to a printer on a
network using TCP/IP.

MAC Address Abbreviation of Media Access Control Address. An


ID number peculiar to each Ethernet card based on
which data is transmitted or received between cards.
Expressed by 48-bit figures; former 24 bits represent
a number peculiar to each maker controlled and al-
located by IEEE and the latter 24 bits is a number al-
located uniformly to the cards by the maker.

Margin Blank on the top, bottom, right or left side of prints.

Memory Unit to save data temporarily.


Data in some memory is erased when the power is
turned OFF and not erased in others.

NDPS Abbreviation of Novell Distributed Print Services.


Provides a high performance print solution in the
NDS environment. By using NDPS as a print server,
complicated control environment related with the
use of the printer such as output from a desired
printer, automatic download of a new driver when in-
troducing it, etc. can be simplified and automated. In
addition, affairs related with the networks and print-
ers can be integrally controlled.

NetWare Network OS developed by Novel.


Uses NetWare IPX/SPX as the communication pro-
tocol.

Number of lines A number of density of dots forming image.

OHP/OHT A transparent sheet for OHP (Overhead Projector).


Used for presentation, etc.

OS Abbreviation of Operating System. Basic software to


control the computer system. Windows, MacOS,
and Unix are examples.

Outline font Font describing characters by straight or curved pro-


file lines.
Large characters can be indicated on the screen and
printed without notches.

Parallel interface Data transfer method to transmit or receive multiple


signals at the same time.
Indicates IEEE1284 for connecting the printer in
many cases.

PDF Abbreviation of Portable Document Format. One of


electronic documents (extension; .pdf) in the format
based on PostScript which can be accessed using
Adobe Acrobat Reader, software free of charge.

PDL Abbreviation of Page Description Language. Lan-


guage which can specify the printing image in the
unit of page to the printer when printing with a page
printer.

IC-203 16-4
Appendix
16
Item Description

Peer to peer A form of network where devices connected can


transmit data to each other without using a server for
specific use.

Pixel Minimum unit constituting images.

Plug and play A mechanism that, when a peripheral device is con-


nected to PC, an appropriate drive is automatically
searched and activated.

Port number Number to distinguish each communication port of


multiple processes working in the computers on the
network. A same port cannot be used for multiple
processes.

PostScript Representative page description language generally


used for printing requiring specifically high quality,
developed by US Adobe.

PPD Abbreviation of PostScript Printer Description. A file


describing information peculiar to the model of the
PostScript printer such as resolution, usable paper
sizes, etc.

PPI Abbreviation of Pixels Per Inch. Unit of resolution of


mainly monitors, scanners, etc.
Represents the number of pixels per inch.

ppm Abbreviation of Pages Per Minute. Unit to indicate


the number of sheets which can be printed in one
minute.

Preview A function to display the processed image before


printing or scanning.

Print queue Software system to memorize printing job generated


in the spooler.

Print job Request for printing transmitted from PC to a print-


ing device.

Printer buffer Memory area used temporarily to process data of


printing job

Printer driver Software acting as an intermediate between the


computer and printer.

Profile A color attribute file.


Color input/output devices use the profile to repro-
duce colors. A file for specific use in which correla-
tion of input and output of each primary color is
contained.

Property Attribute information.


When using a printer driver, various functions can be
set up from the property.
Attribute information of a file can be checked with
the property of the file.

Protocol Rules by which a computer communicates with oth-


er computer or peripheral device.

Queue name Logical printer name required for LPD/LPR printing.

IC-203 16-5
Appendix
16
Item Description

Queue Name Name given to each device to permit printing in the


network printing.

Rendezvous A technique to detect devices supporting Rendez-


vous on the IP network mutually.
Apple employed it newly from MacOS 10.2.

Resolution Degree how correctly the details of images or prints


can be reproduced.

RGB Abbreviation of Red, Green, and Blue.


Primary colors used for color expression of monitor,
etc. All colors are produced by changing the bright-
ness ratio of the RGB colors.

Scan In the scanner reading operation, image is read by


moving the image sensors forming in line.
Direction to move the image sensors is called the
main scanning direction and the direction in which
the image sensors form in line is called the vertical
scanning direction.

Screen font Font to indicate characters or symbols on CRT and


other monitors.

Shared printer A printer connected to a server on the network and


set to allow to be used from multiple computers.

Single page TIFF TIFF file of one page only.

SMTP Abbreviation of Simple Mail Transfer Protocol. A pro-


tocol to transmit or transfer the electronic mails.

SNMP Abbreviation of Simple Network Management Proto-


col. A control protocol using TCP/IP in the network
environment.

Spool Abbreviation of Simultaneous Peripheral Operation


On-Line.
In the printer output, data is not directly transmitted
to the printer but deposited temporarily at another
place and transmitted collectively later to the printer.

Subset mask Values to divide the TCP/IP network into some small
networks (subnets).
Used to identify how many high-order bits of an IP
address are the network address.

TCP/IP Abbreviation of Transmission Control Protocol/Inter-


net Protocol.
Substantially the standard protocol used for the In-
ternet.
Uses IP address to identify each network device.

TIFF Abbreviation of Tagged Image File Format.


One of the file formats to save image data (extension;
.tif).
Various types of image information can be saved in
one image data with the tag representing the data
type.

Trimming Cutting off unnecessary portions of the image and


change the rectangular or size.

IC-203 16-6
Appendix
16
Item Description

TrueType A type of outline font. Developed by Apple and Mi-


crosoft and employed for Macintosh and Windows
as the standard outline font.
Can be used for both displays and prints.

TWAIN Standard for the interface between the image input


devices such a scanner or digital camera and appli-
cations such as graphic software.
To use devices supporting TWAIN, a TWAIN driver is
required.

Uninstall To delete installed software.

USB Abbreviation of Universal Serial Bus.


General-use interface standard for connecting a
computer and a mouse, printer, etc.

Web browser Software to access web pages. Internet Explorer,


Netscape Navigator, etc. are examples.

IC-203 16-7
Appendix
16
16.2 Index
A K
Automatic installation ...................... 3-1 KONICA MINOLTA PS
Printer Driver ............................ 10-1
B
Back Cover Page L
.....8-34, 9-29, 10-37, 11-32, 12-23 Local printing ................................... 4-1
Binding Position ................. 8-19, 12-11 Log/Phys ...................................... 10-26
Booklet ............................. 10-23, 11-12
M
C Media ........................................... 11-24
Center Staple and Fold ...... 8-24, 10-28
N
Chapter .............................. 8-35, 10-38
Network printing .............................. 5-1
Combination
.......8-20, 8-41, 9-25, 11-27, 12-25 N-up ............................................. 10-22
Compliant OS .......................... 4-2, 5-2 O
Cover Sheet Feeder ....................... 8-11
Offset ............................................. 9-23
D Option .......................................... 10-13
Date/Time ................ 8-50, 9-33, 10-43 Optional memory ............................. 2-3
Deletion of printer driver Original Size ....................... 8-13, 10-15
by Manual operation .................. 6-3 Output Size ........................ 8-15, 10-17
Deletion of printer driver Output Tray ...................... 11-26, 12-11
with installer (PCL) ..................... 6-1 Overlay ............................... 8-45, 10-52
Duplex .................... 9-24, 11-26, 12-11 Overview .......................................... 2-1

F P
Finisher .............................. 8-11, 11-37 Page Number ..................... 8-51, 10-43
Fold ..8-42, 9-28, 10-45, 11-30, 12-14 Pages Per Sheet ............................ 9-18
Front Cover Page Pages per sheet ........................... 11-21
.....8-33, 9-29, 10-36, 11-31, 12-22
Paper Color
.....8-19, 9-23, 10-20, 11-25, 12-22
H
Paper Feed .................................... 12-8
Hole-Punch ............ 8-23, 10-28, 12-13
Paper Size ............................ 9-21, 12-3
I Paper Sources .......8-11, 10-18, 11-37
Image Rotation ............................ 10-55 Paper Type .............8-18, 10-19, 12-21
Image Shift ........... 10-45, 11-31, 12-26 Paper Type Settings .......... 8-18, 10-19
Installable Option ........................... 9-16 PCL .......................................... 4-2, 5-2
Installer ............................................ 3-1 Per Page Setting ............................ 8-36

IC-203 16-8
Appendix
16
PI Cover Sheet ............................... 8-34 Zoom .............................................. 8-17
PI Front Cover ................................ 9-30
Poster .......................................... 10-25
PostScript ................................ 4-2, 5-2
PostScript3 option ........................... 2-3
Pre-Punched Paper ............. 8-19, 9-23
Print Density 9-33, 10-56, 11-35, 12-27
Print position ................................ 11-25
Printer View ........................ 8-60, 10-60
Proof and Print ....... 8-29, 10-32, 12-19
Properties window ......... 8-2, 9-2, 10-2
Punch ................................. 9-27, 11-29
Punch Unit ..................................... 8-11
Punch Z-Fold Unit ............. 8-11, 11-37

S
Save in User Box ............... 8-27, 12-18
Save/Restore Setting ......... 8-57, 10-59
Secure Print ........... 8-25, 10-29, 12-16
Smoothing
.....8-53, 9-32, 10-56, 11-34, 12-27
Specifications .................................. 2-6
Staple 8-22, 9-26, 10-27, 11-28, 12-12

T
Tab Paper Settings ........................ 8-39
Test Page Print .............................. 4-26
Transparency Interleave
.................8-19, 9-30, 10-20, 11-33
Trim .............................................. 10-29
Trimmer .............................. 8-11, 11-37
Troubleshooting ............................. 13-1

W
Wait Mode
.....8-29, 9-31, 10-32, 11-33, 12-19
Watermark ............. 8-48, 10-57, 11-13

IC-203 16-9
www.konicaminolta.com

Copyright 2005.11
2005 920_prt_ug_eng_v20

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi